WO2010050108A1 - Device, method, and program for providing mail function - Google Patents

Device, method, and program for providing mail function Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010050108A1
WO2010050108A1 PCT/JP2009/004248 JP2009004248W WO2010050108A1 WO 2010050108 A1 WO2010050108 A1 WO 2010050108A1 JP 2009004248 W JP2009004248 W JP 2009004248W WO 2010050108 A1 WO2010050108 A1 WO 2010050108A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data
rule
mail
transmission
web
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2009/004248
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
中西秀明
Original Assignee
パナソニック株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by パナソニック株式会社 filed Critical パナソニック株式会社
Publication of WO2010050108A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010050108A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L67/00Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
    • H04L67/01Protocols
    • H04L67/02Protocols based on web technology, e.g. hypertext transfer protocol [HTTP]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L51/00User-to-user messaging in packet-switching networks, transmitted according to store-and-forward or real-time protocols, e.g. e-mail
    • H04L51/21Monitoring or handling of messages
    • H04L51/212Monitoring or handling of messages using filtering or selective blocking

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a mail function providing apparatus which displays a mail interface and allows a user to use a mail.
  • e-mail software such as Microsoft's Outlook Express (registered trademark) is used to display an e-mail interface to provide and use e-mail functions for computer users.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses electronic mail software.
  • the user sets a keyword and a character string of an e-mail address. Then, when the mail is sent, it is determined whether the set character string is included in the mail. Then, if it is determined to be included, a warning is displayed to the user. By this display, it is possible to prevent an inappropriate transmission such as an email containing a set keyword being erroneously sent to the set address.
  • the user can not understand why such a warning is given, can not raise the user's awareness sufficiently and reliably, the warning can be ignored, and the warning is displayed. And inappropriate transmissions may be repeated.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above points, and when mail is transmitted, it is possible to reliably prevent inappropriate transmission regardless of the circumstances of the user side, and furthermore, the user's The purpose is to be able to raise awareness.
  • the present invention it is possible to display more appropriate content, to be surely displayed, and to have a simple configuration in the display at the time of the determination of a violation that is an inappropriate transmission.
  • the purpose is to be compatible with the display.
  • the present invention adopts the following composition.
  • a web mail function providing unit that causes a web browser of a computer to display a web mail interface and causes a user of the computer to use the web mail, and a rule in which transmission of the web mail performed by the web browser is predetermined. Is held when a judgment unit for judging whether or not the information is violated, a wording specific data storage unit for storing wording specific data for specifying the wording of the rule, and the judgment unit by the judgment unit And a display control unit configured to display the wording specification data on the web browser.
  • the wording specification data is data for specifying a character string indicating a rule wording, and is a main body of the character string or a link (pointer) to a storage area in which the character string is stored.
  • the specified character string is, for example, a character string of the form “don't do B in the case of A”, “must do the D in the case of C”, or the like.
  • “display the wording specification data on the web browser” means displaying the wording specified by the wording specification data on the web browser.
  • the display control unit may display the word immediately now.
  • the display control unit displays a link to the wording, and when the displayed link is clicked, displays the wording of the displayed link, and displays the wording later than the present time. It is also good.
  • the storage unit stores a file such as Excel (registered trademark), Access (registered trademark), Word (registered trademark), etc. created by the user and in which the rule wording, the article number, etc. are stored as the wording specification data.
  • Excel registered trademark
  • Access registered trademark
  • Word registered trademark
  • the display control unit acquires the term specific data by searching the stored Excel file or the like, and displays the acquired term specific data.
  • the wording specific data (for example, the file of Excel etc.) which can display the character string which is a word of a rule are memorize
  • determination of the rule is performed by the determination unit.
  • the display control unit acquires, as data to be used for display, the wording specific data stored in the storage unit rather than the simple warning character string or the like.
  • the text of the rule is displayed by displaying the text specific data. As a result, better data can be displayed as data to be displayed when determining a violation.
  • a special storage unit for storing special data is not newly required, and appropriate display can be performed using mere wording specification data, and more suitable display can be performed with a simple configuration.
  • the software such as Outlook Express that allows the user to easily change the operation can display the wording with the web browser of the webmail instead of displaying the wording.
  • the software such as Outlook Express that allows the user to easily change the operation can display the wording with the web browser of the webmail instead of displaying the wording.
  • the mail system is provided in an organization system used in an organization such as a company, the following advantages are realized. That is, at this time, many users with low awareness of appropriate transmission are included among the users. In spite of this, it is possible to prevent improper transmission reliably and to make it possible to raise awareness to perform appropriate transmission easily and quickly. As a result, even if there is a low-conscious user, for example, a user who does not know the rule or a user who is late for knowing the rule, the user can use the mail in the organization system.
  • more appropriate data can be acquired as data to be displayed when the determination of a violation is made, and the acquired more appropriate data can be displayed.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an in-house system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a detailed configuration of the web mail server.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing the configuration of the rule determination condition master DB and the rule identification information DB.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a more detailed configuration of the rule identification information DB.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing performed by the in-house system.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a mail.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram respectively showing the web browser in each state displaying a link or displaying the wording of a rule.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing the configuration of the organization master DB.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing the configuration of the destination domain master DB.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an in-house system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a detailed configuration of the web mail server.
  • FIG. 3 is
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing details of the process of determination in step S112 of FIG.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart for explaining the process at the time of violation in more detail.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing the web browser in each state displaying the wording of a rule, displaying accident case information, or displaying avoidance method information.
  • FIG. 13 is a view showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link.
  • FIG. 14 is a view showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link RL.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram respectively showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing the web browser in each state displaying the wording of a rule, displaying accident case information, or displaying avoidance method information.
  • FIG. 13 is a view showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart illustrating the process at the time of violation in more detail.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the configuration of the determination log DB.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing details of processing performed by the avoidance method display control unit.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram showing the web browser in a state in which the first violation history display is displayed.
  • FIG. 20 is a view showing the web browser in the state of displaying the second violation history display.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram respectively showing the web browser in each state displaying a rule display or displaying each execution button.
  • FIG. 22 shows an approval / non-approval notification.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the structure of the approval history DB.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the process of determination of approval performed by the determination processing unit.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the process of determination of approval performed by the determination processing unit.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart of the data amount determination process performed by the determination processing unit.
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating another example of processing when it is determined that the data amount rule is violated.
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing an example in which the determination process is performed for the transfer prohibition rule.
  • FIG. 29 is a diagram showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link.
  • FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the web mail server process in more detail.
  • FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a confirmation display.
  • FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a charging display control unit and the like.
  • FIG. 33 shows a process of displaying a charging message.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an in-house system 1.
  • the in-house system 1 is configured by connecting a plurality of computers to one another by a network such as a LAN (Local Area Network).
  • the in-house system 1 connects to the external computer 21 outside the company 2 through a wide area network such as the Internet.
  • the in-house system 1 includes a web mail server device 11, an employee computer 12, another employee computer 13, another employee computer 14, and a rule server device 15.
  • the web mail server apparatus 11 is a server apparatus for providing the function of web mail to each computer such as the employee computer 12 included in the in-house system 1, and is constituted by, for example, a personal computer.
  • the web mail server apparatus 11 includes the web mail server 100. That is, the web mail server apparatus 11 has a function of a functional block of the web mail server 100.
  • the web mail server apparatus 11 implements the function of the web mail server 100 in the web mail server apparatus 11 by executing predetermined software stored in the web mail server apparatus 11.
  • a portion of this software may be known software, such as, for example, known software that processes Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP).
  • IMAP Internet Message Access Protocol
  • the web mail server apparatus 11 includes an information processing unit 11a and an information storage unit 11b.
  • the information processing unit 11 a includes, for example, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) of a computer built as the web mail server apparatus 11.
  • the information processing unit 11a processes operations and other information.
  • the information storage unit 11 b includes, for example, all or part of a random access memory (RAM), a read only memory (ROM), a hard disk drive (HDD), a solid disk drive (SDD), or the like included in the computer.
  • the information storage unit 11 b stores information.
  • the web mail server apparatus 11 functions as a computer by operating the hardware, that is, the information processing unit 11a and the information storage unit 11b.
  • the web mail server apparatus 11 thereby realizes the function of the web mail server 100 in the web mail server apparatus 11.
  • the information storage unit 11 b may store, for example, the above software.
  • the information processing unit 11a (and the information storage unit 11b) executes control of the web mail server apparatus 11 to realize the function of the web mail server 100 by executing the stored contents of the software.
  • each computer with which the in-company system 1 is equipped such as the employee computer 12, for example, includes the information processing unit 11a of the computer.
  • each of the functional blocks (FIG. 2 etc.) of each part of the web mail server 100, the web mail server 100, etc. may be a functional block of a function by an object. That is, each functional block may be, for example, a functional block of a function realized by an object generated by the web mail server 100 executing software.
  • an object is an object in object orientation.
  • these objects may be objects implemented by an object-oriented language such as JAVA (registered trademark), PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor), JavaScript, ruby, or the like (each registered trademark).
  • the employee computer 12 is a computer included in the in-house system 1, such as a personal computer, which is used by the user 12 u who is an employee belonging to the company of the in-house system 1.
  • the employee computer 12 implements the function of the web browser 200 by executing the software of the web browser.
  • software of a web browser is installed in the employee computer 12, for example.
  • the web mail server 100 is a functional block of the web mail server realized by the web mail server apparatus 11.
  • the web mail server 100 causes the web browser 200 of the employee computer 12 to display a web mail interface 201 and provides the user 12 u with a web mail function.
  • the web mail server 100 is, for example, a web application that operates on the function of the web server implemented by the web mail server apparatus 11.
  • the web server may be, for example, Apache.
  • the web mail server 100 may be a web application implemented by software such as PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor) or JAVA (registered trademark) installed on a web server.
  • PHP Hypertext Preprocessor
  • JAVA registered trademark
  • a part of the webmail server 100 may be constructed by known webmail technology. Technologies to be used include, for example, GMAIL (registered trademark, http://www.gmail.com), which is a web mail service of Google, and Yahoo Mail (http://mail.yahoo.co. A technique equivalent to the technique included in jp) may be used.
  • the in-house system 1 includes systems in which various configurations are adopted in a detailed configuration in which the description is omitted.
  • the in-house system 1 includes a system in which the detailed configuration without description includes a system configured according to a known technology, a system configured according to a new future developed technology, and a technology that will become common in the future Including systems configured according to
  • the web browser 200 of the employee computer 12 is a functional block of the web browser function implemented by the employee computer 12.
  • the web browser 200 displays the web mail interface 201 to the user 12 u.
  • the interface 201 is an interface that the web mail server 100 causes the web browser 200 to display.
  • the web browser 200 may be, for example, a conventional web browser. More specifically, for example, the web browser 200 may be Internet Explorer (registered trademark), Fire Fox (registered trademark), or Safari (registered trademark). , May be another web browser.
  • the other computers in the in-house system 1 other than the employee computer 12, such as the other employee computers 13 and the other employee computers 14, are the same computers as the employee computer 12, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
  • the in-house rule R is a rule established by a company when an employee such as the user 12 u uses web mail.
  • the user 12 u is obliged to observe the company rule R when using web mail using the employee computer 12.
  • the in-house rule R is provided, for example, as information of a booklet in which the in-house rule R is printed, from the company to each employee such as the user 12 u.
  • the rule server device 15 stores in-house rule data Re in which the in-house rule R is recorded in the form of electronic data.
  • the in-house rule data Re is data of the wording of each rule included in the in-house rule R.
  • the rule server device 15 causes the web browser 200 to display the wording of the in-company rule of the URL.
  • the rule server device 15 may be configured by, for example, a personal computer. More specifically, the rule server device may be configured by a general-purpose personal computer.
  • the in-house rule data Re is, for example, a file such as Excel or Access.
  • the in-house rule data Re may be a simple text file.
  • one server device having the functions of the web mail server device 11 and the rule server device 15 together May be provided.
  • One or both of the web mail server device 11 and the rule server device 15 may be interpreted as functional blocks of functions implemented in the in-house system 1.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the detailed configuration of the web mail server 100 (FIG. 1).
  • the web mail server 100 includes a mail data acquisition unit 111, a determination unit 300, a violation processing unit 400, and a determination log management unit 500 (see FIGS. 17 to 20 and the like).
  • the web mail server 100 also includes a charging display control unit 119 and the like shown in FIG. 32.
  • the mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires mail data from the web browser 200. Specifically, the mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires mail data when the user 12 u transmits a mail by the interface 201 that the web mail server 100 causes the web browser 200 to display. That is, when transmitting the e-mail, the e-mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires from the web browser 200 e-mail data that the web browser 200 causes the web e-mail server 100 to execute the transmission.
  • the mail data acquisition unit 111 may be understood to include the basic functions of the web mail server 100. For example, the mail data acquisition unit 111 causes the web browser 200 to display a web mail interface, and causes the user 12 u to use the web mail.
  • the mail data includes the address of the mail to be sent, the text of the mail, an attached file, and the like.
  • the e-mail destination includes the destination in the To column, the destination in the Cc column, and the destination in the bcc column.
  • the mail data includes sender identification data that identifies the sender of the mail.
  • the sender identification data the user 12 u of the employee computer 12 of the transmission source of the sender identification data is set by the web browser 200 as a sender identified by the sender identification data.
  • the sender identification data is the sender's personal ID.
  • whether the operation of the user whose creation of the mail has been started is a new mail creation operation, an operation to reply a mail, or a forwarding operation to forward the email. Includes start operation data specifying which operation was or which operation was.
  • At least a part of the mail data is held by, for example, a mail server of the external company 2 (FIG. 1) in the external mail server apparatus 11 or a destination mail box in the Web mail server apparatus 11.
  • the mail of the mail data is sent to the destination of the mail by the mail data.
  • the mail data acquisition unit 111 may also acquire mail data by a known communication method in a WEB application, for example.
  • the mail data acquisition unit 111 causes an interface such as a send button to be displayed on the web browser 200, and when the interface is clicked, the mail data is transmitted by the employee computer 12 to the web mail server 100. Make it The mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires mail data by displaying this interface.
  • the send button is an interface through which the user 12 u inputs an operation such as a click to cause the web mail server 100 to send the created mail.
  • the e-mail data acquisition unit 111 causes the web browser 200 to display a send button or the like to be transmitted by, for example, HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol) communication, and acquires e-mail data from the web browser 200 by HTTP communication.
  • HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol
  • the HTTP communication is a general communication as communication performed by the web browser to the web mail server in the web application.
  • the web browser 200 transmits the webmail to the user 12 u of the employee computer 12 executing the web browser 200 by specifying the user who is logging in as the sender with respect to the provided webmail function, for example. Identify as a person. Login to web mail is performed using, for example, an employee ID.
  • the determination unit 300 analyzes the mail data acquired by the mail data acquisition unit 111 to make a determination. More specifically, the determination unit 300 has the functions of the following parts, and performs analysis and determination using the functions of the parts as described in detail below.
  • the determination unit 300 includes the rule determination condition master DB (DB: database) 311 (FIG. 3), the transmission destination domain master DB 312 (FIG. 9), the organization master DB 313 (FIG. 8), and the approval history DB 314 (FIG. 23). And a determination processing unit 320.
  • DB database
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing the configuration of the rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 2) and the rule identification information DB 411 (FIG. 2).
  • the rule determination condition master DB 311 holds feature data of the rule code in association with a rule code for specifying each of the plurality of rules included in the in-house rule R (FIG. 1, FIG. 2).
  • the feature data indicates the feature of the mail data when transmission by the user 12 u is performed in violation of the rule of the rule code corresponding to the feature data.
  • the rule code is, for example, the number assigned to each rule, or the item number of the rule among the item numbers of a plurality of rules of the in-house rule R.
  • the characteristic data is, in the table of the rule determination condition master DB 311 shown in FIG. 3, each row of character string to target operation in each column such as R001, that is, the second to seventh rows (the second row from the top It is indicated by the 7th line). That is, as shown in FIG. 3, the feature data is character string data (line 2), department ID (line 3), transmission destination identification data (line 4), and start operation data (5th line). And 7 lines).
  • String data specifies a string such as "idiot" included in mail.
  • the department ID is an ID of a department to which the sender of the mail belongs among a plurality of organizations such as divisions making up a company, and is an ID such as H001, for example.
  • the sender identification data is data such as “outside” that specifies the destination of the mail.
  • the start operation data specifies, out of the three operations of new creation, reply and transfer, the user operation whose creation of the mail has been started.
  • the feature data specifies the following mail data as the mail data having the feature of the feature data. That is, the feature data specifies that the transmission of the mail by the specified mail data is a transmission that violates the rule of the feature data.
  • the email data to be identified includes the character string identified by the character string data in the text of the email, and the department identified by the department ID is the department to which the sender of the email belongs, and
  • the operation specified by the start operation data is mail data which is an operation at which creation of the mail is started.
  • the rule determination condition master DB 311 may store a file having the above data structure as mail data, for example, in a memory (information storage unit 11 b) such as the main storage of the web mail server apparatus 11.
  • the rule determination condition master DB 311 is a virtual storage unit, and stores a file having the above data structure and the like in a predetermined actual storage device outside the web mail server apparatus 11. It is also good. Then, when the virtual storage unit is accessed from the outside of the rule determination condition master DB 311 to the virtual storage unit, the virtual storage unit generates an access to a real storage device corresponding to the access, and the virtual storage unit is virtualized. Write and read may be realized in the access to the general storage unit. The same applies to other DBs other than the rule determination condition master DB 311, storage units, and the like.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines whether transmission of the mail by the acquired mail data is transmission in violation of a rule related to the feature data.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the character string of the feature data is included in the acquired mail data. Further, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the department of the feature data is the department of the sender of the mail data. Further, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the transmission destination of the feature data is the transmission destination of the mail data. In addition, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the operation of the feature data is the operation of the mail data.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines that the mail data includes the character string of the feature data, determines that the department is the department of the feature data, and the transmission destination is the transmission destination of the feature data. If it is determined that the operation is the operation of the feature data (if the violation condition is satisfied), it is determined that a violation occurs. That is, when the violation condition is satisfied, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the mail data is mail data that violates the rule of the feature data, that is, transmission of the mail violates the rule. judge.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines that a character string is not included, determines that a department is not a department of feature data, or determines whether a transmission destination is not a transmission destination of feature data Alternatively, if it is determined that the operation is not the operation of the feature data (if the violation condition is not satisfied), it is determined that the operation is not a violation. That is, in this case, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the mail data is not a violation mail data.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the violation is or not based on only the result of the department determination. Do.
  • the determination processing unit 320 performs the determination using the organization master DB 313, for example, as specifically described with reference to FIG. Further, the determination processing unit 320 performs the above determination regarding the transmission destination using, for example, the transmission destination domain master DB 312 as specifically described in FIG. 9.
  • the in-house system 1 is not limited to a system that performs these determinations using the organization master DB 313 and the destination domain master DB 312, and is a system that does not use one or both of the organization master DB 313 and the destination domain master DB 312. It may be.
  • the violation processing unit 400 includes a rule identification information DB 411 (FIGS. 3 and 4), an accident case information DB 412, an avoidance method information DB 413, an in-house rule display control unit 421, and an accident case display control unit 422. , An avoidance method display control unit 423, a confirmation processing unit 431, and an approval processing unit 432 (FIG. 23).
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a more detailed configuration of the rule identification information DB 411 (FIG. 2, FIG. 3).
  • the rule identification information DB 411 holds the URL.
  • the held URL is a URL (Uniform Resource Locator) that causes the rule server device 15 to display the wording of the rule on the client as a web server by being transmitted to the rule server device 15. More specifically, the rule identification information DB 411 holds, for each rule code (see the description of FIG. 3), a URL in which the rule of the rule code is displayed. In FIG. 4, the held URLs are illustrated in the link destination (base information) column of the third column of the table of FIG. 4.
  • the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the link to the URL to acquire the mail data for which the determination is made. It is displayed on the web browser 200.
  • the internal rule display control unit 421 applies the rule to the rule code that the rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 3) associates the feature data (FIG. 3) for which the determination of the violation is made.
  • a link to the URL that the specific information DB (FIG. 4) associates is displayed.
  • the internal rule display control unit 421 causes the rule server device 15 to display the violated rule on the web browser 200, that is, to display the wording of the violated rule and display the displayed word Let 12u view it.
  • the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web mail server 100 to display the web browser next to the page on which the clicked send button is displayed. A link is displayed on the page displayed on 200.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing performed by the in-house system 1.
  • step S121 the web browser 200 transmits the mail data to the web mail server 100.
  • step S111 the mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires (receives) the mail data transmitted in step S121.
  • the web mail server 100 performs the processing of step S112 and step S11a for each of the feature data held in the rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 3).
  • the feature data includes data of importance, and the web mail server 100 performs this processing in order from processing of feature data including data of higher importance.
  • step S112 the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the mail data acquired in step S111 violates the rule of the feature data as described above.
  • step S112 determination of conformity
  • the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web browser 200 to display the link to the URL of the rule described above ( The process for the feature data ends without performing step S114 described later).
  • step S113 when it is determined in step S112 that the rule of the feature data is violated (step S112: violation determination), the internal rule display control unit 421 (FIG. 2) determines the URL of the rule corresponding to the feature data. Is acquired from the rule identification information DB 411 (FIG. 4).
  • step S114 the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the link to the URL acquired in step S113 to be displayed.
  • step S124 the web browser 200 displays the page of the link displayed by the in-company rule display control unit 421 in step S114, and in the page when the link is clicked, the wording of the rule in which the violation is determined Display.
  • step S124 for example, when the user 12u does not click the link, the web browser 200 does not display this, and the processing of FIG. 5 ends.
  • the web mail server 100 may perform the processing of the above-described steps S112 to for each of the plurality of stored feature data.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the mail M.
  • the mail M in FIG. 6 is a mail in which the user 12 u enters the addresses of a plurality of domains of the company 2 (FIG. 1) in the Cc column (not shown), and thereby two different transactions of those domains. It is an email for requesting a quote for the same one product to the destination company.
  • step S112 when the mail data of the mail M in FIG. 6 is acquired, the determination processing unit 320 sends the mail of the mail data in the rule of the feature data of the rule code R008 in FIG. It is determined to violate (step S112: determination of violation).
  • the feature data of the rule code R 008 specifies the transmission destinations of the destinations of the addresses of a plurality of domains, as indicated by the “multiple to outside company” symbol in FIG. For this reason, since the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission destination indicated by the acquired e-mail data is the transmission destination specified by the feature data of the rule code R008, the e-mail transmission with the e-mail data is performed according to the rule code R008. Determine that it is a violation of
  • step S113 the in-house rule display control unit 421 acquires the URL of the rule code R008, and in step S114, the in-company rule display control unit 421 causes the interface 201 to display a link to the acquired URL. Display the wording of the rule of rule code R008.
  • FIG. 7 is a view showing the web browser 200 in a state in which a link RL to a rule is displayed and in a state in which a rule word Rx is displayed, on the left of FIG. 7 and the right of FIG.
  • the web browser 200 on the left side of FIG. 7 is the web browser 200 in a state in which the internal rule display control unit 421 displays the link RL to the URL of the rule code R008 in step S114 (step S114).
  • the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web browser 200 to display the link RL of the URL of the rule for which a violation has been determined (step S112: violation determination), for example, as shown in the state on the left of FIG.
  • the web browser 200 on the right of FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a rule statement Rx that the web browser 200 causes the web browser 200 to display when the link RL in the state on the left of FIG. 7 is clicked.
  • the wording Rx of the displayed rule is the wording of the above-mentioned rule code R 008 for which the violation has been determined.
  • the web mail server 100 causes the user 12 u to browse the displayed rule text Rx. This indicates to the user 12 u that the rule is included in the in-house rule R and explains that the transmission of the mail M (FIG. 6) is inappropriate. Indicated.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing the configuration of the organization master DB 313 (FIG. 2).
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing the configuration of the destination domain master DB 312 (FIG. 2).
  • the organization master DB 313 (FIG. 8) associates and holds, for each department of a company, an organization code (department code) for specifying each department and personal IDs of a plurality of employees who belong to the department.
  • the determination processing unit 320 specifies the organization code that the organization master DB 313 associates the same personal ID as the personal ID of the sender identification data included in the mail data with the organization code of the department to which the sender belongs, Identifies the department as the department to which the sender belongs.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the section of the sender thus identified is the section of the feature data (FIG. 3) and determines whether the mail data has the feature of the feature data. (Step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination).
  • the transmission destination domain master DB 312 (FIG. 8, FIG. 9) is the transmission destination identification data and the transmission destination identification data for each of the transmission destination identification data (described above) held by the rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 3). Holds the correspondence with the domain name included in the e-mail address of the destination specified by. For example, as shown in FIG. 9, the transmission destination domain master DB 312 associates and holds transmission destination identification data and a sender's domain name identified by the transmission destination identification data. The transmission destination domain master DB 312 may associate and hold transmission destination identification data and data of a regular expression for identifying the domain name of the sender identified by the transmission destination identification data.
  • the determination processing unit 320 specifies the transmission destination of the e-mail address having the domain name that the transmission destination domain master DB 312 associates with the transmission destination specification data included in the feature data, and the transmission destination specified by the transmission destination specification data. Do. Then, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the email address included in the email data is the email address of the transmission destination identified by the feature data identified in this way, and determines whether the email data is a violation email or not Determination (step S112 in FIG. 5).
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing details of the process of determination by the determination processing unit 320 in step S112 of FIG.
  • step S21 the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the text of the mail data includes the character string of the feature data. For example, the determination processing unit 320 performs this determination by searching whether or not the character string is included in the text.
  • step S22 when it is determined that the character string is included in step S21 (step S21: included), the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the department of the transmitter is the same as the department of the feature data. Determine if As described above, in this determination, for example, the organization master DB 313 is used.
  • step S23 when it is determined that the departments are the same in step S22 (step S22: match), the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the transmission destination of the mail data is the transmission destination of the feature data. Do. As described above, in this determination, for example, the destination domain master DB 312 (FIG. 9) is used.
  • step S24 when it is determined in step S23 that the transmission destination is the transmission destination of the feature data in step S23 (step S23: matches), the operation of the mail data is the operation of the feature data. It is determined whether or not they match. The details of this determination are, for example, as described above.
  • step S25a when it is determined that the violation condition is not satisfied (step S21: not included, S22: not matched, S23: not matched, S24: not matched) in FIG. It is determined that the transmission of the mail by the mail data acquired in step S111 does not violate the rule of the feature data (step S112 in FIG. 5: conformity determination). In this case, it is specified that no character string is included (step S21: not included), or that a group is not identical (step S22: not matched), or the transmission destination is This is either the case where the transmission destination of the feature data is specified (step S23: no match), or the case where the operation is not specified match (step S24: no match). .
  • step S25b when the determination processing unit 320 determines that the violation condition is satisfied (step S21: included, S22: match, S23: match, S24: match) in step S111 of FIG. It is determined that the transmission of the mail by the mail data acquired in the step violates the rule of the feature data (Step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination). In this case, it is determined that a character string is included (step S21: included), and it is determined that the departments are the same (step S22: match), and the transmission destination is the transmission destination of the feature data. This is a case where it is specified that there is a certain (step S23: match), and it is determined that the operation matches (step S24: match).
  • the accident case information DB 412 (FIG. 2) holds accident case information that identifies an accident case of an accident that has occurred as a result of transmission that violates the rule of the feature data determined by the determination processing unit 320. . More specifically, the accident case information DB 412 holds accident case information that violates the rule of the rule code, in association with each of the plurality of rule codes.
  • the accident case information may be various information as long as the user 12 u can recognize the accident case when it is displayed by the web browser 200. For example, an image may be included. Characters may be included or sounds may be included.
  • the accident case display control unit 422 determines the accident case information of the rule relating to the violation from the accident case information DB 412 when the violation is determined (step S112 of FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25b of FIG. 10).
  • the acquired and acquired accident case information is displayed on the web browser 200. More specifically, the accident case display control unit 422 acquires, from the accident case information DB 412, accident case information that the accident case information DB 412 associates with the rule code corresponding to the feature data for which the violation has been determined. Display the accident case information that has been
  • the avoidance method information DB 413 holds the method of transmission without violating the rule, that is, the avoidance method information specifying the evasion method for avoiding the violation by the rule. More specifically, the evasion method achieves the intended purpose not to be achieved by the transmission of the mail determined to be a violation, by transmitting data such as the transmission of the mail in a manner not to violate the determined rules. It is a method. A concrete example of the avoidance method will be described in detail later. For example, the avoidance method specifically includes a method of transmitting an encrypted e-mail, and a method of delivering an attached file by means other than e-mail.
  • the avoidance method information DB 413 holds the avoidance method information of the rule of the rule code in association with each of the plurality of rule codes.
  • the avoidance method information may be various information as long as it is information that allows the user 12 u to recognize the avoidance method when it is displayed by the web browser 200 and can use the recognized avoidance method.
  • a URL for using the method may be included.
  • the URL may be a URL for launching application software for using the method.
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 (FIG. 2), when the violation is determined (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10), the avoidance method associated with the rule code for which the violation is determined. Information is acquired from the avoidance method information DB 413, and the acquired avoidance method information is displayed on the web browser 200.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a specific example of the violation process performed by the violation process unit 400 in step S11a of FIG.
  • FIG. 12 shows the web browser 200 (left) displaying the rule wording Rx, the web browser 200 (center) displaying the accident case information Ex, and the web browser 200 displaying the avoidance method information Ax. It is a figure which shows (right).
  • step S31 the in-house rule display control unit 421 (FIG. 2) determines from the rule identification information DB 411 the violation determination (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10).
  • the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web browser 200 to display the wording of the rule held by the rule server device 15, using the URL acquired in step S31.
  • the internal rule display control unit 421 acquires the wording of the rule from the rule server device 15, transmits the acquired wording of the acquired rule to the web browser 200, and displays the transmitted wording of the rule You may Also, for example, the internal rule display control unit 421 transmits the URL to the web browser 200 as the URL of the page to be displayed by the web browser 200 inside the frame included in a part of the page displayed on the web browser 200. May be Then, the in-house rule display control unit 421 may display the wording of the rule in the frame in the web browser 200 by this transmission.
  • the web browser 200 on the left side of FIG. 12 is the web browser 200 having a state in which the in-house rule display control unit 421 displays the rule word Rx in step S32.
  • the internal rule display control unit 421 displays the link (link RL) as shown in FIG. 7. Instead, as shown by the web browser 200 in the state shown in the left side of FIG.
  • step S33 the accident case display control unit 422 acquires, from the accident case information DB 412, the accident case information of the rule in which the violation is determined.
  • step S34 the accident case display control unit 422 causes the interface 201 to display the accident case information acquired in step S33.
  • the web browser 200 in the center of FIG. 12 is the web browser 200 having a state in which the accident case display control unit 422 displays the accident case information Ex in step S33.
  • the accident case information is a basis for explaining that the transmission is inappropriate, and specifically, that the rule is valid. It is the basis to explain and information that is the purpose.
  • accident case information such as a button (refer to the web browser 200 in the left state of FIG. 12) or the like in which characters such as "watch accident case” are described in step S32 described above, for example.
  • the interface for displaying may be displayed in the page on which the in-house rule display control unit 421 displays the rule.
  • the accident case display control unit 422 causes an accident in step S 34.
  • Case information may be displayed.
  • the accident case display control unit 422 specifically changes the page to be displayed from the page to another page.
  • the accident case information may be displayed on the page.
  • step S35 the avoidance method display control unit 423 acquires the avoidance method information of the rule from the avoidance method information DB 413.
  • step S36 the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the web browser 200 to display the avoidance method information acquired in step S35.
  • the web browser 200 on the right of FIG. 12 is the web browser 200 in a state in which the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays the avoidance method information Ax in step S36.
  • the display of the avoidance method information may be performed in the same manner as the display of the accident case information described above. That is, in step S34 described above, the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays an interface for displaying the avoidance method information, such as a button (refer to the center in FIG. 12) in which characters such as "next" are described. It may be displayed in some way. Then, the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays the avoidance method information in step S36 when the user 12 u inputs an instruction to display the avoidance method information through the interface by, for example, the button being clicked. May be Then, as shown by the broken arrow on the right side in FIG. 12, the avoidance method display control unit 423 specifically changes the page to be displayed from the page to another page. The accident case information may be displayed on the page.
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays an interface for displaying the avoidance method information, such as a button (refer to the center in FIG. 12) in which characters such as "next" are described. It may be displayed
  • the accident case display control unit 422 causes the accident case display control unit 422 to display the accident case information after the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the rule wording to be displayed, and the avoidance method display control unit 423 performs the avoidance method after the display. Display the information (see FIG. 12).
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the avoidance method information to be displayed, and after the indication, the accident case display control unit 422 causes an accident case. Information may be displayed.
  • the in-house rule display control portion 421 causes the wording of the rule to be displayed, and after the display, the accident case display control portion 422 causes the accident case information to be displayed.
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays the avoidance method information
  • the accident case display control unit 422 causes the accident case information to be displayed
  • the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the rule wording to be displayed.
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the avoidance method information to be displayed, and after the display, the company rule display control unit 421 causes the wording of the rule to be displayed.
  • the accident case display control unit 422 causes the accident case information to be displayed
  • the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the wording of the rule to be displayed
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the avoidance method information to be displayed after the display. May be
  • Each of these display orders allows for the display of information that produces an effect corresponding to that order.
  • FIG. 13 shows the web browser 200 in each state of displaying the mail M violating the rule regarding the secret information (left) and displaying the link RL to the rule violating the mail M (right). It is a figure shown on the left and FIG. 13 right, respectively.
  • the mail M on the left side of FIG. 13 includes the character string “secret” of the character string data included in the feature data of the rule of the rule code R 004 shown in FIG. That is, transmission of the mail M is transmission that violates the rule of the rule code R004.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines that the internal rule of the rule code R004 is violated (step of FIG. 5).
  • S32 ).
  • any setting is made hereinafter. In the case where it is clear that the description of the process at the time of reading is obvious, the detailed description is appropriately omitted.
  • the in-house system 1 may be configured to perform only the process of displaying the link without performing such setting, or may employ the configuration of performing only the process of directly displaying the wording of the rule.
  • FIG. 14 shows the web browser 200 in two states: a state (left) in which the mail M violating the rules regarding the slander is displayed (left) and a state (right) in which the link RL to the rule is displayed. It is.
  • the mail M on the left side of FIG. 14 includes the same character string as the character string “idiot” of the character string data included in the feature data of the rule of the rule code R006 shown in FIG.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines that the internal rule of the rule code R006 is violated (step of FIG. 5).
  • FIG. 15 shows the web browser 200 in two states, the state (left) displaying the mail M violating the in-company rule regarding the transmission destination and the state (right) displaying the link RL to the rule.
  • FIG. 15 shows the web browser 200 in two states, the state (left) displaying the mail M violating the in-company rule regarding the transmission destination and the state (right) displaying the link RL to the rule.
  • E-mail M on the left side of FIG. 15 is an e-mail in which the user with the personal ID “1000000” is a sender.
  • the personal ID “1000000” is a personal ID that the organization master DB 313 (FIG. 8) associates with the department ID H001 of the feature data of the in-house rule of the rule code R003 shown in FIG.
  • the sender's personal ID of the rule is a personal ID that the organization master DB 313 (FIG. 8) associates with the department ID H001 of the feature data of the in-house rule of the rule code R003 shown in FIG. The sender's personal ID of the rule.
  • the domain of the destination mail address is domainA.xx.
  • the domain domainA.xx is a domain that the destination domain master DB 312 (FIG. 9) associates with the destination D02 of the feature data of the rule code R003 described above, and is the domain of the feature data.
  • step S111 of FIG. 5 When the mail data of the mail M on the left side of FIG. 15 is acquired (step S111 of FIG. 5), the determination processing unit 320 determines that the rule of the rule code R003 is violated (step S112 of FIG. 5). : Violation determination, step S25 b of FIG. Therefore, the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web browser 200 to display the link to the URL of the rule of the rule code R003 as the link RL on the right of FIG. 15 (step S114 in FIG. 5 and step S32 in FIG. 11).
  • the in-house system 1 performs the display of the determination of the violation, the display of the link to the word of the rule for which the determination of the violation has been made, and the display of the word of the rule.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing a specific example of the violation process performed by the violation process unit 400 in step S11a of FIG. In step S11a of FIG. 5, for example, the process of FIG. 16 is performed in addition to the above process.
  • the rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 3) holds type specification data that specifies the type of the rule of the rule code, which is associated with each rule code. Types identified include: bans, cautions, warnings.
  • step S41 when a violation is determined (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10), the violation processing unit 400 identifies the type associated with the rule code for which the violation is determined. It is determined whether the type specified by the data is prohibited.
  • step S42 when it is determined in step S41 that the type is not prohibited (step S41: caution / warning), the violation processing unit 400 determines whether to display a link or an in-house rule. For example, the violation process unit 400 determines that the rule determination condition master DB 311 is to be displayed when the predetermined flag associated with the rule code is on (step S42: display), and is off. , It is decided not to display (step S42: not displayed).
  • the detailed configuration of the flag may be, for example, a configuration based on known technical knowledge.
  • step S43 when it is determined in step S41 that the type is prohibited (step S41: prohibited), the in-violation processing unit 400 determines whether to display a link or an in-house rule. For example, also in this case, the violation process unit 400 makes a determination based on the above-described flag.
  • step S421 when it is determined to be displayed in step S42 (step S42: display), the violation processing unit 400 determines the type of type identification data associated with the rule code for which the violation has been determined. Is displayed.
  • the violation processing unit 400 displays, for example, characters of “warning message” shown on the web browser 200 on the left side of FIG. That is, in step S421, the time of violation processing unit 400 causes the character for displaying the type to be displayed in the title of the page on which the link or the wording of the rule is displayed.
  • the character displayed when the type is a warning may be, for example, the character of "attention" in the web browser 200 on the right of FIG.
  • the rule identification information DB 411 (FIG. 4) holds the message associated with the rule code of each rule code (second column in FIG. 4).
  • step S421 the violation process unit 400 causes the interface 201 to display a message associated with the violated rule code.
  • the violating rule code is R099 shown in FIG. 4
  • the in-violation processing unit 400 displays a message to be held to display “Warning! "To, Cc, there are multiple domains outside the company " to display the message.
  • the violation processing unit 400 may cause the interface 201 to display an OK button and a cancel button in step S421.
  • the displayed OK button is a button for the web mail server 100 to transmit a mail of the acquired mail data when it is clicked.
  • the cancel button is a button for the web mail server 100 to cancel transmission when clicked.
  • step S422 when it is determined not to display (step S42: not displayed) in step S42, the violation processing unit 400 does not display the link (or the word of the rule) as described above, but simply does not display it. Only the display of the type of violation, the display of the held message, and the display of the two buttons of the send button and the cancel button are performed (not shown).
  • step S423 the web mail server 100 (violation processing unit 400) transmits the mail of the acquired mail data when the OK button displayed in step S421 or step S422 is clicked.
  • step S431 when it is determined in step S43 that the violation processing unit 400 is to display (step S43: display), the type of violation is displayed, that is, the display object such as a character indicating prohibition is displayed. Display.
  • the violation process unit 400 causes the message and the link (or the wording of the rule) to be displayed.
  • step S431 the in-violation processing unit 400 does not display the cancel button but displays only the OK button.
  • the displayed OK button is merely a button that the user 12 u clicks when it is confirmed that transmission is a violation, and is not a button for executing transmission.
  • the violation processing unit 400 cancels the transmission by preventing the transmission of the OK button not to be displayed in step S 431 (step S 433).
  • step S432 the violation process unit 400 causes the type of violation, the message, and the OK button to be displayed when it is determined in step S43 not to display (step S43: not displayed).
  • the processing at the time of violation 400 prevents the transmission even in step S432 and cancels the transmission (step S433).
  • step S 433 the violation process unit 400 performs a process for canceling transmission, that is, discards prepared data such as prepared data for transmission, secured memory area, and generated object.
  • the violation processing unit 400 causes the web browser 200 to display an interface for editing the mail having a state of starting editing the mail whose transmission has been canceled, and the transmission is canceled. You may start (resume) editing of the mail.
  • the determination log management unit 500 includes a determination log DB 501 and a determination log display control unit 502.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the configuration of the determination log DB 501.
  • the determination log DB 501 generates determination log data, and holds the generated determination log data after the generation. This generation is performed each time transmission is determined to be a violation by the determination processing unit 320 (FIG. 17, FIG. 2) (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10).
  • the judgment log data to be generated includes the time when the judgment of the violation corresponding to the generation was made, the sender identification data (personal ID) of the sender of the mail for which the determination was made, and the type identification data of the determination rule And the rule code of that rule.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing a specific example of the process (refer to the web browser 200 in the state on the right of FIG. 12) performed by the avoidance method display control unit 423 (FIG. 17, FIG. 2) in step S3a of FIG.
  • the process of FIG. 11 is the process of step S11a in FIG. Therefore, the process of FIG. 18 is the process of step S11a of FIG.
  • step S51 the avoidance method display control unit 423 determines whether or not the following determination log data is included in the plurality of determination log data held in the determination log DB 501. That is, in step S51, the avoidance method display control unit 423 determines the personal ID of the sender of the mail data for which the violation has been determined in step S112 immediately before step S11a of FIG. 5 including the process of FIG. It is determined whether or not the determination log data of the rule code thus included is included.
  • step S51 the avoidance method display control unit 423 determines whether or not determination log data indicating that determination of a violation regarding the same rule has been performed in the past is held for the same sender.
  • step S52 the avoidance method display control unit 423 obtains the avoidance method information when it is determined that the determination of the violation for the same sender and the same rule has not been made in the past (step S51: Yes). (Step S35 in FIG. 11).
  • step S53 the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays the information of the avoidance method acquired in step S52 (step S36 in FIG. 11).
  • step S51: No when it is determined that the determination of a violation regarding the same sender and the same rule has been made in the past (step S51: No), the avoidance method display control unit 423 performs step S52 and step S53 (FIG. 11 (FIG. 11). The process of step S35 and step S36) is not performed, and the avoidance method information is not displayed.
  • step S51 at the time of the first violation in the past it is determined that the same violation has not been made in the past (step S51: Yes), and the avoidance method information is displayed (steps S52 and S53).
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 is configured not to display the “next” button illustrated in the web browser 200 in the center state of FIG. 12, and does not display the page in the state of FIG. Let's do it. Then, in step S53, the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the “send as is” button and the “reedit” button in the right state to be displayed on the page in the center state of FIG.
  • step S 51 there is also a case where the user 12 u has forgotten the avoidance method in step S 51: No (FIG. 18). Therefore, for example, even if the avoidance method display control unit 423 or the like causes the redisplay necessity button to be displayed, and the user 12 u makes the user 12 u input the necessity of the redisplay necessity by operating the displayed redisplay necessity button. Good. Then, the avoidance method display control unit 423 or the like may display the avoidance method when the operation desired to be redisplayed is input, and may not display the avoidance method when the operation is not input.
  • determination log DB 501 (FIG. 17) may be used as follows.
  • the determination log display control unit 502 (FIG. 17 and FIG. 1) causes the web browser 200 to display the information of each held determination log data.
  • FIG. 19 is a view showing the web browser 200 in a state of displaying the first violation history display Kv.
  • the first violation history display Kv is displayed by the determination log display control unit 502 in a page in which the in-company rule display control unit 421 displays a link similar to the page in the state of the web browser 200 on the left in FIG. It is an interface (display object).
  • the first violation history display Kv indicates, for each type of violation, the number of judgment log data of that type held by the judgment log DB 501, that is, for each type of judgment of a violation of that type in the past Indicates the number of times.
  • the determination log display control unit 502 displays such a first violation history display Kv, and displays the number of determinations of each type of violation.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram showing the web browser 200 in a state of displaying the second violation history display Kv.
  • the web browser 200 on the left side of FIG. 20 is the web browser 200 having a state for displaying the main screen 201 m (main page) of web mail.
  • the main screen 201m has various icons such as an icon of mail inbox (mailbox), an icon of a sent folder for saving sent mail, and a variety of icons such as an icon of a draft folder for saving drafts and saved in the inbox Contains a list of each email.
  • each icon is illustrated by the character string which shows the icon. In this list, for example, in the state shown in FIG.
  • the destination is Tanaka, the sender is in the middle, the transmission / reception date is 4/25 of the E-mail column, the destination is Kimura, the sender is Wada, the transmission / reception date is 5 Contains multiple email fields, such as the / 11 email field. Then, this list includes selection columns which are highlighted by hatching, are highlighted, and are selected by the user 12 u by clicking or the like in the list of FIG. Then, the content of the mail in such a selection column is displayed on the web browser 200 when instructed by the user 12 u by, for example, clicking a button in which “E-mail content display” is written in FIG. Be done.
  • the main screen 201 m is an interface that allows the user 12 u to select an e-mail whose content is to be displayed.
  • the web mail server 100 displays such a main screen 201 m on the left side of FIG. Then, the web mail server 100 displays the button 201 mb in the main screen 201 m.
  • the button 201 mb is a button for causing the determination log display control unit 502 to display the second violation history display Kv on the web browser 200. For example, when the button 201mb is clicked, the determination log display control unit 502 displays the second violation history display Kv.
  • the web browser 200 in the state shown in the right of FIG. 20 is the web browser 200 having the state in which the determination log display control unit 502 causes the second violation history display Kv to be displayed when the button 201mb in the left state is clicked. .
  • the page displayed by the web browser 200 in the state shown in the right side of FIG. 20 on which the second violation history display Kv is displayed is account information for causing the web mail server 100 to display various information of the user 12 u in use. It is a display screen.
  • the web mail server 100 identifies, for example, that the user in use is the user 12 u from the login name input at the time of login to the web mail server 100, and information of the user 12 u identified as the user in use is identified. , To be displayed on this account information display screen.
  • the displayed information of the user 12u is, for example, as shown in the page in the right state of FIG. 20, the user's name, mail address, remaining capacity of the inbox folder, charging information using web mail And so on.
  • the determination log display control unit 502 causes the second violation history display Kv to be displayed in such a page.
  • the second violation history display Kv performs, for example, the same display as the display performed by the first violation history display Kv in FIG.
  • FIG. 21 is a view showing the web browser 200 (left) displaying the rule wording Rx and the web browser 200 (right) displaying the execution button Ae1 and the execution button Ae2 of the method for avoiding the rule. is there.
  • the page in the state of the right of FIG. 21 displays information of two avoidance methods for the rule of the wording Rx of the first avoidance method information Ae1 v and the second avoidance method information Ae2 v.
  • the rule of the rule word Rx in FIG. 21 is that the user 12u receives an approval from an approver, such as the superior of the user 12u or an administrator, for example, and transmits the mail. It is a rule that defines what must be done.
  • the mail or the attached file included in the mail is encrypted and the encrypted attachment is encrypted. It is a method by which application of this rule is avoided by being sent.
  • a second avoidance method is a method of avoiding by transmitting after the user 12 u receives an approval for the mail to be sent.
  • the first execution button Ae1 has a position corresponding to the position of the first avoidance method information Ae1v, and corresponds to the first avoidance method information Ae1v, and when the first execution button Ae1 is clicked, the avoidance method display control unit 423 Is a button for performing processing for executing the first avoidance method. Specifically, the avoidance method display control unit 423 performs, for example, an encryption process as this process.
  • the user 12 u clicks the first execution button Ae 1 and causes the avoidance method display control portion 423 having the avoidance method display control portion 423 to execute the processing, thereby using the process to be performed. To carry out.
  • the execution button Ae1 may be a button for the employee computer 12 to execute the first avoidance method such as encryption instead of the avoidance method display control unit 423 when the execution button Ae1 is clicked.
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays the following when displaying the avoidance method information in an appropriate case, for example, when the predetermined avoidance method execution setting is set to the web mail server 100. Such processing may be performed. That is, at this time, the avoidance method display control portion 423 has an interface (first execution button Ae 1, 2nd) for causing the avoidance method display control portion 423 to execute processing for implementing the avoidance method of the avoidance method information to be displayed.
  • the execute button Ae2 may be displayed together with the displayed avoidance method information.
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes an interface for executing processing for each of the avoidance methods to be displayed.
  • the second execution button Ae2 (FIG. 21) has a position corresponding to the position of the second avoidance method information Ae2v, and corresponds to the second avoidance method information Ae2v, and when clicked, the webmail
  • the server 100 is a button that performs processing for the second avoidance method.
  • FIG. 22 is a view showing an approval notification 13M acquired by the web mail server 100 from another employee computer 13 (FIG. 1) used by the approver 13u.
  • FIG. 1 Another employee computer 13 (FIG. 1) is a computer used by the approver 13 u.
  • the approval / non-approval notification 13M (FIG. 22) is, for example, a mail transmitted from the other employee computer 13 to the web mail server 100. Then, the approval / non-approval notification 13M is sent to notify the web mail server 100 that the approver 13u who is the user of the other employee computer 13 either approves or does not approve the transmission of the mail by the user 12u.
  • the email is
  • the approval notification 13M includes permission data (not shown) indicating whether to approve or not, and an approval code for specifying the transmission targeted by the approval notification 13M among the transmissions of each webmail. .
  • the approval / non-approval notification 13M also includes a comment such as a comment prompting attention that the approver 13u conveys to the user 12u at the time of approval, which is shown as an approver comment column in FIG.
  • the approval processing unit 432 (FIG. 2) performs the following processing, for example, under the control of the avoidance method display control unit 423. That is, when the second execution button Ae2 is clicked, the approval processing unit 432 causes the web browser of the other employee computer 13 used by the approver 13u to display the approval notification 13M of the new approval code. By causing this display, the approval processing unit 432 causes the web mail server 100 to acquire the approval / non-authorization notice 13M transmitted by the approver 13u using the displayed interface 201.
  • the approval processing unit 432 causes the approver 13 u to edit the displayed approval notification 13 M by using the interface that the approver 13 u can edit to display the approval notification 13 M.
  • the approval / non-authorization notification 13M in which the availability data or the like is set to an appropriate content by editing is acquired by the web mail server 100.
  • the approval processing unit 432 preferably displays information that is useful for the judgment of the approver 13 u as to whether or not to approve, in the approval notification or the like to be displayed.
  • the displayed information may include, for example, the type of the rule, and may include an analysis result obtained by analyzing the mail to be approved by the web mail server 100 (above, three lines in FIG. 22). Information such as the text of the target mail, attached data, etc. may be included.
  • the e-mail data acquisition unit 111 receives mail data when the execution button Ae2 (FIG. 21) of the second avoidance method is clicked, as notification 13M Is held by the web mail server 100 until it is acquired by the web mail server 100. Then, when the approval / non-authorization notice 13M is acquired by the approval processing unit 432, the mail data acquisition unit 111 is notified by the approval / non-approval notification 13M among the plurality of pieces of mail data held in the holding unit. Acquires mail data of mail from holding unit. For example, the holding unit holds the correspondence between the approval code and the mail data according to the approval code, and the mail data acquisition unit 111 corresponds to the same approval code as the approval code of the acquired approval notification 13M. Get mail data that the relationship corresponds.
  • the judgment processing unit 320 (FIG. 2) described above makes another judgment on the acquired mail data. If the acquired approval / non-approval notification 13M is a notification for approving transmission in this second determination, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission is not a violation (step S112 in FIG. 5: conformity determination). Step S25a of FIG. 10, if it is a notification not approved, it is determined again that it is a violation (step S112 of FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25b of FIG. 10).
  • the web mail server 100 determines that it is not a violation in the second determination (step S112 in FIG. 5: matching determination, step S25a in FIG. 10), and the first determination is regarded as a violation and transmitted. There was no sending of that email.
  • the web mail server 100 determines that a violation has been made in the second determination as well (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10), the email is also used in the second determination. Will not be sent.
  • the other employee computer 13 (FIGS. 22 and 2) transmits the approval / non-authorization notice 13M to the web mail server 100 even when the execution button Ae2 (FIG. 21) of the second avoidance method is clicked.
  • the approver 13 u is verbally asked for approval by the user 12 u, creates an approval notification 13 M and sends it to the web mail server 100.
  • the approval / non-approval notification 13M includes the personal ID (sender ID) of the sender of the mail to be approved, the personal ID of the approver 13u (hereinafter, the approver ID), and the availability data described above, Also includes the comments described above.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the configuration of the approval history DB 314 (FIG. 2).
  • the approval history DB 314 (FIG. 23, FIG. 2) indicates the time when the approval notification 13M is acquired, the sender ID of the mail data of the approval notification 13M, the approver ID, and the availability data (result data). Holds approval data consisting of comments, etc.
  • the approval data may include an approval ID (not shown) in addition to the approval code. Although the approval data is not shown in FIG. 23, the approval data may also include specific data such as the subject of the mail to be approved for transmission and the subject of the destination according to the approval data.
  • the approval data includes the sender ID, the approver ID, and the identification data such as the subject, and further includes approval target email identification data that identifies the target email from a plurality of emails.
  • the approval history DB 314 generates approval data for the approval notification 13M each time the approval notification 13M is acquired, and holds the generated approval data thereafter.
  • the approval history DB 314 may include an acquisition control unit that acquires the approval notification 13M, and the web mail server 100 may acquire the approval notification 13M by the acquisition control unit.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the process of determination of approval performed by the determination processing unit 320.
  • step S24 match
  • step S662 in FIG. 24 the result of the process in FIG. 24 is a predetermined result
  • step S112 in FIG. 5 violation determination
  • step S25a step S112 in FIG. 5: matching determination
  • the rule determination condition master DB 311 determines that transmission by the approver 13 u is required for transmission, and for example, approves the type of rule associated with a rule code such as the rule code R 007. Hold type identification data to identify.
  • the determination processing unit 320 executes the processing of FIG. 24 between step S24 and step S25b if the type identification data of the rule for determining the violation identifies the type of approval.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the sender is a predetermined excluder.
  • the excluded person is, for example, an employee who does not receive approval, such as a company president or a director.
  • the determination processing unit 320 holds excluder identification information for identifying the individual ID of the excluder, and the personal ID of the sender of the mail data is identified by the excluded person identification information held. It is determined whether the sender is an excluder by determining whether it is the sender of.
  • step S663 when it is determined in step S61 that the sender is an excluder (step S61: Yes), the determination processing unit 320 determines that transmission is not a violation (step S25a (FIG. 10)).
  • step S112 in FIG. 5 Conformity determination).
  • the violation processing unit 400 causes the web browser 200 to display a warning indicating that the sender is not an excluder, indicating a violation.
  • the approval processing unit 432 displays this warning, for example, at the timing of any one of the processes in step S11 a of FIG. 5.
  • step S62 when it is determined in step S61 that the sender is not an excluded person (step S61: No), determination processing unit 320 is the same sender as the sender of the acquired mail data, and It is determined whether approval data indicating whether the approval data is to be approved is held by the approval history DB 314 or not.
  • step S63 when it is determined in step S62 that the approval data satisfying the condition is held (step S62: Yes), the determination processing unit 320 determines the subject etc. specified by the identification data such as the subject of the approval data. It is determined whether or not the subject of the acquired mail data or the like.
  • step S63 the determination processing unit 320 may determine whether or not the subject is the same or similar instead of determining whether the subject is the same or the like.
  • step S64 when it is determined in step S63 that the same subject or the like is the same (step S63: Yes), the time of the approval data is a predetermined time from the current time. It is determined whether or not it is the time in the relatively new past. That is, in step S63, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether or not the time of the approval data is later than the past which is older by a predetermined time than the present.
  • step S661 when it is determined that the time is relatively new in step S64 (step S64: Yes), it is determined that the transmission of the acquired mail data is approved by the approval notification 13M of the approval data.
  • step S65 of the plurality of approval data held by the approval history DB 314, in step S62, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission of the mail is not a target of approval by the approval data being processed. If it is (step S62: No, S63: No, S64: No), the following process is performed. That is, when it is determined that the approval data satisfying the above conditions relating to the sender or the like is not held (step S62: No), when it is determined that the same subject is not the same (step S63: No) If it is determined that the time is not a new time (step S64: No), the following process is performed.
  • the processing to be performed is to execute the above-described processing of steps S62 to S64 with respect to approval data in which one employee belonging to the same department as the department to which the sender of the mail data belongs belongs and the selected employee is the sender. It is a process. Thus, the above-described steps S62 to S64 are repeated.
  • the determination processing unit 320 specifies, by using the organization master DB 313, an employee who belongs to the same department among the respective employees, and selects the specified employee. Thereby, in the steps S62 to S64, if appropriate approval data is included in the plurality of approval data, it is identified (S64: Yes), and not included if not included (S64: S65: No).
  • step S661 the determination processing unit 320 determines that the approval is not necessary when the determination of S64: Yes is made.
  • the case where the determination of S64: Yes is made means that when the approval by the approval data in which the selected employee is the sender is determined in Steps S62 to S64 at the time of repetition (Step S64: Yes)
  • the case where the approval by the approval data to the sender of the mail to be approved is judged (step S64: Yes) is included.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission does not violate the rule (step S112 in FIG. 5: conformity determination, step S25a in FIG. 10).
  • step S662 when there are no remaining employees who can be selected in step S65 (step S65: No), the determination processing unit 320 transmits the mail of the mail data acquired this time as a new one. Determine that the required approval is required.
  • step S65 described above the determination processing unit 320 does not select the employee selected in each selection before the selection, while performing the selection repeatedly.
  • step S662 determines that the transmission is a violation (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation). Determination, step S25b of FIG.
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 determines, for example, that there is no approval (step S662), and the violation is determined (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10). , The execution button Ae2 of FIG. 21 is displayed. Then, as shown in FIG. 22, the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the other employee computer 13 to display an approval notice 13M for approving the transmission of the mail of the mail data, and the web mail server Allowing 100 to obtain approval notification 13M.
  • a new approval ID is generated by, for example, the avoidance method display control unit 423 (FIG. 23, FIG. 2), etc.
  • An approval / non-approval notification 13M may be displayed.
  • the holding unit of the mail data acquisition unit 111 described above may hold the correspondence that associates the mail data with the generated approval ID.
  • the holding unit uses the mail data associated with the approval ID of the acquired approval notification 13M as the mail data of the approval notification 13M.
  • the process of the determination described above may be performed.
  • the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the transmission of the mail data of the mail data acquired by the mail data acquisition unit 111 violates the data amount rule.
  • the rule determination condition master DB 311 has respective reference values such as the first prescribed value described below in association with the rule code of the rule related to the data amount. Feature data may be held.
  • the violation processing unit 400 causes the web browser 200 to display a warning that the data amount is violated.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the data amount determination process performed by the determination processing unit 320.
  • step S71 the determination processing unit 320 determines that the post-multiplication data amount obtained by multiplying the data amount of the text of the email contained in the acquired email data by the number of destinations of the email is less than the first prescribed value. It is determined whether the
  • the number of destinations is the number of destinations to which mail is sent.
  • the number of destinations described in the To column the number of destinations described in the Cc column, and the number of destinations described in the bcc column And is the total number totaled.
  • the first prescribed value is, for example, an appropriate amount of data that can be accepted as an increase in the amount of data of text data stored in the in-house system 1.
  • the first predetermined value is, for example, a value included in feature data as described above.
  • step S72 when it is determined in step S71 that the amount of data is not less than the first specified value (step S71: No), the transmission of the mail is performed according to the data amount rule. Then, it is determined to violate the data volume rule of the text.
  • step S73 the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the acquired e-mail data is data of an e-mail attached with attached data.
  • step S74 when it is determined that the attached data is attached (step S73: Yes), determination processing unit 320 determines the amount of data of the attached data included in the acquired mail data. It is determined whether the amount of data after multiplication multiplied by the number of destinations of is smaller than a second predetermined value.
  • the second prescribed value is, for example, an appropriate amount of data that can be tolerated as an increase in the amount of data of attached data stored in the in-house system 1.
  • the second predetermined value is, for example, a value included in feature data.
  • step S75 when it is determined that the post-multiplication data amount is not less than the second predetermined value (step S74: No), transmission of the mail is performed according to the data amount rule. Determine that the data amount rules for attached data are violated.
  • the determination processing unit 320 may first determine whether the feature data is feature data of a data amount rule, for example, in step S112 of FIG. 5. Then, if the determination processing unit 320 determines that the data is the feature data of the data amount, it determines whether or not it is a violation by the process of FIG. 25 (step S112 of FIG. 5: violation determination / conformity determination, FIG. 10 without performing steps S25a and S25b) and performing the processing for determining whether or not a violation such as the processing of steps S21 to S24 of FIG. Good.
  • step S71 the violation processing unit 400 displays, on the web browser 200, a warning display indicating that transmission violates the data amount rule of the text. Display.
  • step S74 the violation processing unit 400 displays a warning message indicating that transmission violates the data amount rule of attached data, as the web browser 200. Display on.
  • FIG. 26 is a view showing the web browser 200 in a state (left) displaying an email M violating a rule relating to a data amount and a state (right) displaying a link RL to the rule.
  • An E-mail M shown on the left of FIG. 26 is an E-mail attached with attached data of the attached document, and the post-multiplication data amount obtained by multiplying the data amount of the attached data by the number of destinations is equal to or more than the second specified value.
  • step S73 determines that attached data is present in step S73 (step S73: Yes) and after multiplication in step S74. It is determined that the data amount is not less than the second specified value (step S74: No). Accordingly, in step S75, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission of the mail M on the left in FIG. 26 violates the data amount rule of the attached data.
  • the violation process unit 400 displays a page indicating that the transmission violates the data amount rule of attached data, as shown on the right of FIG. Among them, display a link RL to the rule.
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays an execution button (see the execution button Ae1 etc. in FIG. 21) of the avoidance method for avoiding the data amount rule (not shown).
  • the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the link RL and its execution button to be displayed in the page displayed by the web browser 200 on the right side of FIG.
  • the execution button may be a button that, when clicked by the user 12 u, the web mail server 100 converts the attached data into a URL, and adds the URL holding the attached data to the mail to the mail. . Then, at the time of this addition, the web mail server 100 may delete the attached data from the mail, and may transmit the mail whose data amount is reduced by the addition and deletion.
  • URL conversion is processing for causing the server for URL conversion to hold the data in advance and specifying the held URL from acquiring the server from the server etc. May be there.
  • the URL added is used by the device of the transmission destination, and the deleted attached data held by that device by the device is deleted. It is an email to be acquired.
  • the web mail server 100 specifies different timings having a predetermined time difference as transmission timings to a plurality of destinations, and the specified timings are identified.
  • the button may be a button for performing transmission to the destination corresponding to that timing.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram showing another example of the process of the web mail server 100 when it is determined that the rule of the data amount of attached data is violated (step S75 of FIG. 25).
  • the violation processing unit 400 may not display the execution button.
  • the violation process unit 400 causes the urgency of the mail and the post-multiplication data amount to exceed the second specified value, as indicated by the mail data. Depending on the amount, the processing corresponding to the emergency degree and the over amount is performed.
  • the degree of urgency is a value or the like specified by the urgency degree specifying data, which is included in the mail, considered by the user 12 u, and which specifies the degree of urgency that the mail is to be transmitted.
  • the violation processing unit 400 In the case of high urgency, that is, from the top row of the table in FIG. 27, the violation processing unit 400 counts the second row and when the urgency is intermediate (second row). Makes some form of transmission.
  • the violation processing unit 400 performs normal transmission (the first row, first column) if the specified over amount is a small over amount that is less than or equal to the first reference amount.
  • the over amount is larger than the first reference amount, that is, when the over amount is in the middle to the large (in the second row, the third column of the first row)
  • the data is converted into a URL, the URL converted into a URL is attached, and an email with the attached data deleted is sent.
  • the in-violation processing unit 400 performs the same process as that in the case where the degree of urgency is high, in principle. (2 lines, first column), to display a warning message on the web browser 200.
  • the violation processing unit 400 determines that the identified over amount is equal to or less than the second reference amount larger than the above-described first reference amount, that is, the over amount Is small to middle (the third column, the first column, the second column), the following processing is performed.
  • the process to be performed is a process of displaying a warning message and performing transmission based on the above-described time difference.
  • the in-violation processing unit 400 causes the web browser 200 to display an interface for correcting the mail. Note that this interface is, for example, an interface for editing a mail, and is an interface for correcting the mail by making the editing.
  • the in-violation processing unit 400 may perform transmission based on a time difference instead of performing such a display.
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing a flow of processing when the determination processing of FIG. 10 (step S112 of FIG. 5) is performed for a rule regarding transfer prohibition.
  • the feature data of the rule code R002 held in the rule determination condition master DB 311 is the feature data of the transfer prohibition rule, and has character string data specifying the character string "transfer prohibited" It has start operation data that specifies an operation.
  • step S81 the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the operation of the mail data is the operation of the feature data. Then, for example, the operation of the transfer prohibited feature data is only the transfer operation as indicated by the start operation specifying data of the feature data of the rule code R002 in FIG. 3, and the operation of newly creating and the operation of reply are included. Absent. Therefore, specifically, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the mail data operation is a transfer operation and not a new creation operation and a reply operation.
  • the determination processing unit 320 may determine, for example, from the character string data included in the feature data, whether the feature data is transfer-prohibited feature data. Then, when it is determined that the feature data is transfer prohibition, the determination processing unit 320 switches the order of the process of step S24 of FIG. 10 and the order of the process of step S21. That is, in this case, the determination processing unit 320 performs the process of step S24 of FIG. 10 in the order of step S21, and performs the process of step S21 in the order of step S24.
  • the process of step S81 of FIG. 28 is a part of the process of step S24 performed in the order of step S21 of FIG.
  • step S 821 when the determination processing unit 320 determines in step S 81 that the transfer operation has been started (step S 81: based on the transfer operation), the transmitted mail indicated by the mail data is the feature data It is determined whether the character string of (1), that is, the character string prohibiting transfer in the rule code R002 is included.
  • step S821 may be part of the process of step S21 performed in the order of step S24 of FIG.
  • step S 831 when it is determined that the character string is included (step S 821: Yes), the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission of the acquired mail data is prohibited (FIG. 5).
  • step S112 Violation determination, Step S25 b of FIG.
  • step S831 the violation processing unit 400 prohibits the transmission of the mail, that is, does not execute the transmission.
  • This determination is the violation determination in step S112 in FIG. 5 (step S25 b in FIG. 10).
  • FIG. 29 shows the web browser 200 (left) having a state of displaying the mail M violating the transfer prohibition rule and the web browser 200 (right) displaying the link RL to the transfer prohibition rule.
  • the mail M in FIG. 29 includes the character string “transfer prohibited”, which is a character string of the rule code R002. Therefore, in the process of transmission of the mail M in FIG. 29, when the type of transmission is transmission by transfer operation (step S81 in FIG. 28: based on transfer operation), the determination in step S831 is made.
  • the violation processing unit 400 prohibits the transmission of the mail M in FIG. 29, and displays the page of the web browser 200 in the state of the right in FIG. 29, and the internal rule display control unit 421 displays the page displayed.
  • the link RL of the rule of the rule code R002 (FIG. 3) is displayed.
  • step S822 when it is determined that the character string is not included (step S821: No), the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the transferred e-mail to be transferred is an e-mail whose disclosure range is defined. Determine The email data includes the text of the email to be sent. Then, the forwarding mail is attached to the end of the text of the included mail. Therefore, the determination processing unit 320 specifies the transfer mail attached to the end of the text of the mail to be sent, and whether or not the specified transfer mail includes a portion defining the disclosure range. judge. That is, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether or not the disclosure range is specified by the mail data, and in other words, determines whether or not the disclosure range is defined.
  • step S823 when it is determined that the disclosure range is not defined (step S822: No), the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the transfer e-mail is a limited e-mail. For example, if the mail header of the transfer mail includes a predetermined mail header indicating that the transfer mail is a limited mail, the determination processing unit 320 may determine that the mail is a limited mail. .
  • step S832 when the determination processing unit 320 determines that the disclosure range is defined (step S822: Yes) and when it is determined that the disclosure mail is a limited mail (step S823: Yes), It is determined to give a warning (Step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, Step S25 b in FIG. 10).
  • the in-violation processing unit 400 causes the warning to be displayed by, for example, the in-house rule display control unit 421 although the transmission of the mail is executed.
  • the warning to be displayed indicates that the transmission is transmission of a mail defining a disclosure range, or indicates transmission of a limited mail.
  • step S833 when it is determined in step S823 that the mail is not the limited mail (step S823: No), the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission does not violate the rule (step S112 in FIG. 5: conforming). Determination, step S25a of FIG.
  • FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the web mail server process shown on the left of FIG. 5 in more detail.
  • Steps S111, S112, and S11a in FIG. 30 are as described in the description of FIG.
  • step S94 the determination processing unit 320 selects the remaining feature data not processed in step S112 (see FIG. 5) among the plurality of feature data held in the rule determination condition master DB 311, If there is the feature data of and the selection is possible (step S94: Yes), the web mail server 100 is made to perform the processing of steps S112 to S11a for the selected feature data.
  • step S95 the confirmation processing unit 431 (FIG. 2) determines whether the mail transmission is canceled and not transmitted if there is no remaining feature data in step S94 and it can not be selected (step S94: No). Do.
  • FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a confirmation display F.
  • step S96 when it is determined that transmission is to be performed (step S95: Yes), the confirmation processing unit 431 causes the web browser 200 to display a confirmation display F of transmission.
  • step S96 the confirmation processing unit 431 displays the confirmation display F after all the display of the links and the rules, the display of the avoidance method information, and the display of the accident case information described above (see FIG. 11) are completed.
  • the confirmation processing unit 431 causes the web browser 200 to display the screen of the confirmation display F illustrated in FIG.
  • the confirmation processing unit 431 displays a plurality of destinations of the transmitted mail in the confirmation display F, and causes the user 12 u to confirm again.
  • the left hexagon in FIG. 31 indicates the process of causing the confirmation processing unit 431 to display, and the right hexagon indicates the process of sending mail by the web browser 200.
  • FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the charging display control unit 119 and the like.
  • the web mail server 100 further includes a storage capacity acquisition unit 115, a charge determination unit 118, and a charge display control unit 119.
  • the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 is a data amount obtained by totaling the data amounts of all the data of the user 12 u held by the web mail server 100, such as mail of the user 12 u held by the web mail server 100. To get The storage capacity acquisition unit 115 may acquire the total data amount by calculating the total data amount from the data amount of each data held in the web server, for example.
  • the amount of data acquired is an average amount when averaged over a predetermined period such as one month, for example, and is an amount of data on which a charge amount for the user 12 u holding data is specified. .
  • the charge amount is, for example, an amount recorded as part of the cost of the user 12 u in company accounting. Then, the amount of charging is, for example, a larger amount as the average amount increases, as shown in the charging rate master DB of FIG.
  • the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 acquires an amount of data to be acquired by calculating an appropriate amount of data using the function of the operating system (OS) of the web mail server 100. Good.
  • OS operating system
  • the charge determination unit 118 determines whether the amount of data acquired by the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 has reached a predetermined amount of message data.
  • the message data amount is set to an amount appropriate for the web browser 200 to cause the web browser 200 to display a billing message when the data amount reaches the message data amount.
  • the message data amount is specified by specific data consisting of the data of the charging rate master DB 116 and the data of the management table 117 as a whole.
  • the charging display control unit 119 When it is determined that the data amount is the message data amount, the charging display control unit 119 causes the web browser 200 to display a charging message indicating that the data amount is the message data amount. For example, when the determination is made, the charging display control unit 119 causes the charging guidance message 201 n shown on the right web browser 200 of FIG. 32 to be displayed.
  • the web mail server 100 further includes a charging rate master DB 116 and a management table 117 (FIG. 32).
  • the charging rate master DB 116 holds the correspondence between the average amount of data and the amount of charging.
  • the charge rate master DB 116 is a correspondence relationship in which 500 yen is associated with an average amount of 0 MB to 100 MB, and 1000 yen is associated with an average amount of 100 MB to 500 MB. Hold.
  • the correspondence relationship held is a charge change point of 100 MB in which the amount of charge changes from 500 yen to 1000 yen, and a charge change point of 500 MB in which the amount of charge changes from 1000 yen to 2000 yen. Identify the charge change point where the amount of money changes.
  • the charging rate master DB 116 holds, as an average amount of data amount of the user 12 u, an allowable limit data amount which is a limit permitted by the company. For example, as shown in FIG. 32, the charging rate master DB 116 holds an amount of data of 2 GB as an allowable amount of data.
  • the specific data amount includes the charge change data amount and the allowable limit data amount.
  • the specific data amount is the data amount to be shown to the user 12 u when the data amount is in the vicinity of the data amount.
  • the charging rate master DB 116 specifies the data amount of the charging change point described above and the allowable limit data amount as the specific data amount.
  • the message data amount described above is the amount of data in the vicinity of the specific data amount.
  • the neighborhood is the data volume of 105% from the data volume of 80% of the specific data volume.
  • the message data amount is the data amount of the 80% to 90% of the specific data amount, the data amount of the attention section, and the data amount of the warning section which is the 90% to 104% section.
  • the data amount of the section of the charging guide which is a section of 104% to 105% (see the management table 117 of FIG. 32).
  • the charging rate master DB 116 specifies each specific data amount.
  • the management table 117 holds data in which each section of the specific data amount is specified from the specific data amount.
  • the held data specifies the correspondence between the specific data amount and each section. Specifically, the held data specifies the range of the ratio of the data amount of the section to the specific data amount, such as 80% to 90% described above.
  • the charging rate master DB 116 and the management table 117 as a whole specify the respective specific data amount by the charging rate master DB 116, and the specific data amount specified and the above-mentioned correspondence relationship.
  • the data amount of each section corresponding to the data amount is specified.
  • the charging rate master DB 116 and the like specify the amount of data in all of the sections in the specific data amount as the message data amount.
  • the charging rate master DB 116 or the like specifies the data amount of the part of each section as the data amount of the section among the message data amounts.
  • the charge determination unit 118 determines whether the data amount acquired by the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 is a message data amount. Then, when it is determined that the acquired data amount is the message data amount, the charging display control unit 119 displays a predetermined display. At this time, specifically, for example, among the plurality of specific data amounts, the charging display control unit 119 displays a display indicating which specific data amount the acquired data amount is the message data amount in, It may be displayed on the web browser 200. At this time, for example, the charging display control unit 119 may cause the web browser 200 to display a display indicating a section including the acquired data amount among a plurality of sections of the message data amount.
  • the management table 117 holds the correspondence between the specific data amount and the vicinity of the specific data amount.
  • the vicinity specific data is the highest ratio 105% from the lowest data amount obtained by multiplying the specific data amount of the specific data by the lowest ratio 80% with respect to the specific data.
  • the management table 117 holds neighborhood specific data consisting of pairs of the lowest percentage 80% and the highest percentage 105%.
  • the management table 117 specifies the amount of data contained in the vicinity specified by the vicinity specifying data as the above-mentioned message data amount, specifically, from the minimum data amount of 80% of the specific data amount, Each data volume up to the maximum data volume% is specified as the message data volume.
  • the management table 117 also has section identification data for dividing the vicinity of the amount of money (charging change point etc.) into a plurality of sections corresponding to the type of message (attention, warning, charging guide). Specifically, as shown in FIG. 32, the section identification data specifies each of the sections by the lowest ratio and the highest ratio of the sections. The section identification data specifies an 80% to 90% proportion data amount section as the attention section, specifies a 90% to 104% proportion data amount section as the warning section, and charges As a section of guidance, a section of data volume with a rate of 104% to 105% is specified. The section identification data may be specifically configured by a range of ratios for identifying those sections.
  • the charge determination unit 118 determines that the acquired amount of data is in the vicinity. It is specified (judged) that it is a data amount, that is, a message data amount.
  • the charging display control unit 119 includes the specific data amount in the vicinity of which the data amount acquired by the holding capacity acquiring unit 115 is included. If it is determined that there is, the accounting message is displayed.
  • the charge determination unit 118 divides the plurality of types of the vicinity thereof.
  • the type of division in which the acquired data amount is included is specified. Types to be identified include cautions, warnings, and charging guidance as described above.
  • the charging display control unit 119 displays the identified type in the charging message to be displayed.
  • FIG. 33 is a diagram showing processing in which a charging message is displayed by using the charging rate master DB 116 and the management table 117.
  • the line (1) in FIG. 33 shows a process performed when the amount of data acquired by the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 is 50 MB.
  • the charge determination unit 118 determines that the acquired data amount of 50 MB is not the message data amount.
  • the charging display control unit 119 causes the charging message indicating that the data amount has reached the vicinity of the specific data amount to be displayed as shown in the rightmost column of the row (1). Instead, simply display the announcement "The current charge is 500 yen per month.”
  • Rows (2) to (4) in FIG. 33 indicate processing performed when the amount of acquired data is 80 MB or more and less than 105 MB.
  • the amount of data in the vicinity of the specific data amount of 100 MB is determined to be the amount of message data. Since this determination is made, the charging display control unit 119 displays a charging message indicating that the data amount has reached the vicinity of the specific data amount. Then, in the cases of (2) to (4), the charging determination unit 118 determines that the data amount is included in the sections of caution, warning, and charging guide, respectively, and the type including the data amount. Is displayed in the charging message as a caution, warning, and charging guide.
  • the charge determination unit 118 determines the type of the message as a warning, and the charge display control unit 119 displays the type to be careful. Further, in the case (3) where the amount of data is 90 MB or more and less than 104 MB (100 MB ⁇ 104%) (3), the charge determination unit 118 determines the type of the message as a warning, and the charge display control unit 119 Display a warning type.
  • the charge determination unit 118 determines the type of the message as the charge guide, and the charge display control The unit 119 displays the type of charging guide.
  • the charge determination unit 118 displays an appropriate display.
  • the charge display control unit 119 In the case of (6) to (9) in which the data amount has reached the vicinity of the allowable limit data amount, the charge display control unit 119, as shown in FIG. , Display a charging message indicating that the amount of data has reached the allowable amount of data.
  • the web browser (web browser 200) of the computer displays a web mail interface (pages to be displayed, buttons, links, characters, etc.) Determining whether a webmail function providing unit (mail data acquisition unit 111) causing the user of the computer to use webmail and the transmission of the webmail performed by the web browser violate a predetermined rule Holding when the judgment unit (judgment unit 300), the word identification data storage unit (rule identification information DB 411) storing word identification data for identifying the word of the rule, and the judgment unit judges the violation Control unit that causes the web browser to display the specified term identification data Display control unit 421a: internal rule display control unit 421, accident case display control unit 422, avoidance method display control unit 423, confirmation processing unit 431, approval processing unit 432, determination log display control unit 502, charging display control unit 119)
  • a mail function providing device web mail server device 11
  • to use web mail means to display the interface for editing the web mail on the computer
  • the function of e-mail is provided in the in-house system 1 in the company, and the user 12 u can reliably prevent inappropriate transmission despite the possibility of being a user who is low in consciousness to appropriately transmit. be able to.
  • word-specific data such as an Excel file
  • determination of the rule is performed by the determination unit.
  • the display control unit acquires, as data to be used for display, the wording specific data stored in the storage unit rather than the simple warning character string or the like. Wording specific data is used.
  • the character string of the rule can be displayed at the time of display. As a result, more appropriate data can be displayed as data to be displayed when determining a violation.
  • the display control unit (violation processing unit 400) causes the in-company rule display control unit 421 to display the term identification data on the web browser.
  • a data acquisition unit (mail data acquisition unit 111) that acquires data from the web browser, and the transmission has the data if the transmission violates the rule
  • a feature data holding unit (rule determination condition master DB 311) for holding feature data specifying a predetermined feature, wherein the determination unit is configured to specify the acquired data by the held feature data If it has a feature, a mail function providing device is configured to determine that the transmission is a violation.
  • the data acquisition unit is, for example, part or all of the mail function providing unit.
  • an accident case information storage unit (accident case information DB 412) for storing accident case information for specifying an accident case due to transmission violating the rule is provided, and the display control unit determines that the violation is determined.
  • the mail function providing device is configured to cause the web browser to display the stored accident case information together with the wording specification data.
  • the display control unit further includes an avoidance method information storage unit (a avoidance method information DB 413) for storing avoidance method information that specifies an avoidance method for avoiding the transmission from violating the rule, and the display control unit determines the violation.
  • a mail function providing device is configured to display the stored avoidance method information on the web browser together with the wording specific data and the accident case information when being removed.
  • the avoidance method is known by displaying the avoidance method information on the web browser. This ensures that the user 12 u can avoid violations, and more reliably prevent inappropriate transmission and ensure proper transmission.
  • an avoidance method execution unit (a avoidance method display control unit 423) that executes a predetermined process of performing at least a part of the avoidance method.
  • a mail function providing device provided is configured.
  • the display control unit (determination log DB 501) is configured to record recording data indicating that the determination is made when the determination unit determines that transmission is a violation.
  • a display control unit 421a (judgment log display control unit 502) is a mail function that causes the web browser to display whether or not the judgment recording unit records the record when web mail is transmitted by the web browser.
  • a provision device is configured.
  • the display control unit displays the avoidance method information only when the recording data indicating that the determination recording unit determines that the violation is not made is recorded.
  • the display control unit causes the interface to execute the predetermined process when the determination that the transmission is a violation is made (a page in the state shown in the right of FIG. 21, an execution button Ae1, etc. ) Is displayed on the web browser, and the avoidance method execution unit executes the processing when the user causes the processing to be input by the displayed interface when the determination of the violation is made.
  • a mail function providing device is configured.
  • the rule includes a first rule (rule of rule code R008) in which transmission of a web mail having a plurality of destinations is a violation, and the determination unit determines whether the destinations of the web mail to be transmitted are plural or not.
  • the display control unit displays the wording specific data of the first rule stored in the wording specific data storage unit on the web browser (for example, A mail function providing device for displaying the link RL (FIG. 7) is configured.
  • the second destination is revealed at the first destination.
  • a rigging may occur between the first destination and the second destination.
  • processing is performed in the in-house system 1 for the first rule for avoiding such an unexpected situation.
  • the avoidance method information storage unit stores the avoidance method information of the first rule, and the avoidance method information of the first rule to be stored is Blind Carbon Copy among the respective destination fields in the web mail.
  • the method for describing the plurality of destinations in the field is shown, and the avoidance method execution unit corrects the web mail so that the plurality of destinations are described only in the Blind Carbon Copy field as the predetermined process.
  • a mail function providing apparatus for performing processing is configured.
  • the avoidance method information relating to the bcc column is the avoidance method information which is hard to imagine for a low-conscious user, and the necessary information can be accurately displayed.
  • the rule includes a second rule (rule of rule code R 007) violating the transmission if the transmission of the webmail is a transmission other than the transmission approved by the predetermined approver, Whether the avoidance method execution unit approves the transmission to the web browser of the approver's computer as the predetermined process when the determination unit determines that the second rule is violated.
  • a mail function providing apparatus is configured to display an interface (approval availability notification (mail) 13M in FIG. 22) for transmitting a notification indicating “n” to the mail function providing apparatus.
  • a notice indicating that the approver approves the transmission of the web mail is obtained in advance, and when the notice is obtained, recorded data indicating the obtaining.
  • the mail function providing apparatus is configured to include an approval recording unit (approval history DB 314) that records the e-mail, and the determination unit does not determine that transmission violates the second rule when the recording data is recorded. Ru.
  • the determination unit determines whether the sender of the webmail is a predetermined excluded person (step S61 in FIG. 24), and only when it is determined that the sender is not the excluded person, A mail function providing apparatus is configured to determine that transmission violates the second rule.
  • the approval recording unit when the approval recording unit is notified by the approver, the approval recording unit records the time of the notification, and the determination unit (determination unit 300) records the recording data by the approval recording unit.
  • the determination unit determines whether the transmission violates the second rule.
  • the same group storage unit (organization master DB 313) for storing the same group data that specifies the same group user who belongs to the same group as the group to which the user belongs is provided, and the determination unit transmits the same group user If the recording data of the notification to be approved is recorded in the approval recording unit, even if the recording data of the notification to approve the transmission of the user is not recorded, the transmission of the user is violated the second rule
  • An e-mail function providing device not to be determined is configured (see step S65 and the like in FIG. 24).
  • the rule violates the transmission of the webmail in which the data amount after multiplication obtained by multiplying the data amount of the webmail to be transmitted by the number of destinations of the webmail concerned exceeds the predetermined threshold.
  • 3 rule of rule code R100
  • the avoidance method execution unit when it is determined that the third rule is violated (steps S72 and S75 in FIG. 25), the attachment included in the web mail.
  • the file is converted into a URL (Uniform Resource Locator), and the attached file is removed from the web mail, and the URL conversion generates a web mail to which the URL storing the attached file is added.
  • a mail function providing device for transmitting the web mail is configured.
  • the avoidance method execution unit determines that the degree of urgency of the web mail is equal to or higher than a predetermined standard urgency (the first line in FIG. 27, 2nd line), the URL conversion, the generation, and the transmission of the generated webmail, and if less than the reference urgency (3rd line), the webmail including the attached file
  • a mail function providing apparatus is configured to transmit each of a plurality of destinations of the web mail at different timings having a predetermined time difference (see FIG. 27).
  • the avoidance method execution unit is configured to set the over amount larger than a predetermined reference over amount even when the post-multiplication data amount exceeds the threshold and the urgency is over the reference urgency. Only (in the first row, the second row, the second column, the third column in FIG. 27), the URL conversion, the generation, and the transmission of the generated web mail are performed, and the amount of If the amount of data after multiplication exceeds the threshold value and the amount of overrun is smaller than the amount of overrun, the mail function providing device performs transmission of the webmail when the amount of overrun is smaller than the overrun amount (first column). Configured (see FIG. 27).
  • the rule includes a fourth rule (rule of rule code R002) for defining transmission of web mail performed by a transfer operation for transferring web mail sent to the user in the past as a violation, and the web
  • the data acquired from the web browser at the time of transmission of the mail includes operation data (start operation data) indicating whether the transmission is transmission by the transfer operation, and the determination unit uses the data to be acquired. If it is indicated by the operation data contained that the transmission is transmission by the transfer operation, a mail function providing device is configured to determine that the transmission violates the fourth rule (see FIG. 27).
  • the wording specific data storage unit stores, as the wording specifying data, the address (the URL of the third column in FIG. 4) of a predetermined holding unit (rule server device 15) for holding the wording of the rule.
  • the display control unit is configured as a mail function providing device that causes the web browser to display a link (link RL in FIG. 7) to the address.
  • a part of the wording specific data of each wording specific data to be stored includes the words of the rule of the wording specific data, and the wording of the rule is performed only by the wording specific data. It is data to be specified, and the display control unit causes the web browser to display the term (the term Rx of the rule in FIG. 7) included in the term identification data when the determination of the violation is made. Is configured.
  • the rule includes a plurality of rules (see FIG. 3), and the word identification data storage unit stores the word phrase identification data of each of the plurality of rules, and the determination unit is configured to With regard to the plurality of rules, it is determined whether transmission violates each of the rules, and the display control unit provides the mail function for causing the web browser to display the wording specification data of the rules for which the violation is determined.
  • An apparatus is comprised (refer step S94 of FIG. 30).
  • the plurality of rules include a prohibition rule (a rule of R001 and the like) for prohibiting the transmission of the web mail, and an approval rule (a rule of R007 and the like) which defines that the user acquires an approval by a predetermined approver.
  • a prohibition rule a rule of R001 and the like
  • an approval rule a rule of R007 and the like
  • warning rules such as the rule in R004
  • caution rule such as the rule in R006
  • the feature data holding unit holds the feature data of the plurality of rules and holds the type of the rule of the feature data associated with the held feature data
  • the display control unit Displaying, on the web browser, a type indication indicating the type to be held of the rule for which it has been determined; If There is a type of the prohibited rule violation to stop the transmission is determined (see FIG. 16, etc.) mail function providing device is configured.
  • the accident case information storage unit stores accident case information of the plurality of rules
  • the avoidance method information storage unit stores avoidance method information of the plurality of rules
  • the display control unit When it is determined that the transmission violates the rule for each of two or more rules among the plurality of rules, the wording identification according to the rule for any of the two or more rules
  • An interface for displaying data, the accident case information and the avoidance method information on the web browser, and performing an input for instructing whether or not to perform the transmission after each display of the two or more rules is finished.
  • a confirmation processing unit that causes the transmission to be performed only when an input for instructing to perform is displayed by displaying (confirmation display F in FIG. 31) on the web browser.
  • Mail function providing device is configured with a confirmation processing section 431).
  • a data amount acquisition unit (retention capacity acquisition unit 115 in FIG. 32) for acquiring the data amount of the user data held by the mail function provision device, and the acquired data amount are predetermined.
  • the data amount arrival determination unit (charging determination unit 118 of FIG. 32 included in the determination processing unit 320 included in the determination unit 300) that determines whether or not the data amount has been reached
  • a mail function providing apparatus is configured including a data amount arrival display control unit (charging display control unit 119 of FIG. 32 included in the display control unit 421a) that causes the web browser to display a message indicating arrival.
  • the web browser of the computer is caused to display a web mail interface, and the web mail function providing step of causing the user of the computer to use the web mail, and the transmission of the web mail performed by the web browser.
  • Determination step of determining whether or not the user violates a predetermined rule, a word identification data storage step of storing word identification data for identifying the word of the rule, and a judgment of a violation in the determination step there is provided a mail function providing method comprising: a display control step of causing the web browser to display the held term specific data.
  • the web-mail function providing step causes the web browser of the computer to display a web-mail interface and causes the user of the computer to use the web-mail function, the web-mail function providing step;
  • a word identification data storage step for storing word identification data for identifying the word of the rule;
  • a mail function providing apparatus is configured using a computer program for executing a display control step of causing the web browser to display the held term specific data when it is determined that a violation has occurred.

Abstract

A web mail server device (11) is provided with a mail data acquiring section (111) which causes a web browser (200) to display a web mail interface (201), a determining unit (300) which determines whether transmission of a web mail violates a rule, a rule identification information DB (411) wherein language identification data relating to the rule is stored, and a company rule display controlling section (421) which causes the web browser to display the language identification data when the transmission is determined to violate the rule.

Description

メール機能提供装置、方法、プログラムMail function providing apparatus, method, program
 本発明は、メールのインタフェースを表示させて、ユーザにメールを利用させるメール機能提供装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a mail function providing apparatus which displays a mail interface and allows a user to use a mail.
 従来より、メールのインタフェースを表示して、コンピュータのユーザにメールの機能を提供し、利用させる、例えば、マイクロソフト社のOutlook Express(登録商標)などの電子メールソフトが用いられている。 2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, e-mail software such as Microsoft's Outlook Express (registered trademark) is used to display an e-mail interface to provide and use e-mail functions for computer users.
 例えば、特許文献1では、電子メールソフトが開示されている。この電子メールソフトでは、ユーザにより、キーワードや、メールアドレスの文字列が設定される。そして、メールが送信される際に、設定された文字列がメールに含まれるか否かを判定する。そして、含まれると判定されれば、警告をユーザに表示する。この表示がされることで、設定されたキーワードが含まれるメールが、設定されたアドレスに誤って送信されてしまうなどの、不適切な送信が行われてしまう事態が回避される。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses electronic mail software. In this e-mail software, the user sets a keyword and a character string of an e-mail address. Then, when the mail is sent, it is determined whether the set character string is included in the mail. Then, if it is determined to be included, a warning is displayed to the user. By this display, it is possible to prevent an inappropriate transmission such as an email containing a set keyword being erroneously sent to the set address.
特開2002-207672号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-207672
 しかしながら、従来の特許文献1の電子メールソフトによっては、コンピュータの管理者が、適切な送信が行われるように望んでも、不適切な送信がされてしまうことがある。つまり、メールを送信するユーザが、適切なメール送信をする意識が低いと、設定を削除したり、不適切な設定をしたり、特許文献1の電子メールソフト以外の他の電子メールソフトを利用してしまったりして、不適切な送信がされてしまう。 However, according to the e-mail software of the conventional patent document 1, even though the administrator of the computer wants the appropriate transmission to be performed, the transmission may be improper. In other words, if the user who sends e-mail is not conscious to send e-mail properly, the setting is deleted, the setting is inappropriate, and other e-mail software other than the e-mail software described in Patent Document 1 is used. If you do, you will be sent inappropriately.
 また、単に警告がされるだけでは、ユーザが、なぜそのような警告がされるのか理解できず、ユーザの意識を十分かつ確実に高めることができず、警告が無視されてしまったり、警告がされる不適切な送信が繰り返されてしまったりする。 Also, simply by being warned, the user can not understand why such a warning is given, can not raise the user's awareness sufficiently and reliably, the warning can be ignored, and the warning is displayed. And inappropriate transmissions may be repeated.
 本発明は、上記の点に鑑みてなされたものであり、メールが送信されるのに際して、ユーザ側の事情に関わらずに確実に不適切な送信を防止でき、しかも、十分かつ確実にユーザの意識を高めることができるようにすることを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and when mail is transmitted, it is possible to reliably prevent inappropriate transmission regardless of the circumstances of the user side, and furthermore, the user's The purpose is to be able to raise awareness.
 つまり、本発明は、不適切な送信であるとの、違反の判定がされた際の表示において、より適切な内容が表示されることと、確実に表示がされることと、簡単な構成で表示がされることとが両立できることを目的とする。 That is, according to the present invention, it is possible to display more appropriate content, to be surely displayed, and to have a simple configuration in the display at the time of the determination of a violation that is an inappropriate transmission. The purpose is to be compatible with the display.
 上記課題を解決するために、本発明は、次の構成を採る。 In order to solve the above-mentioned subject, the present invention adopts the following composition.
 すなわち、コンピュータのウェブブラウザに、ウェブメールのインタフェースを表示させて、当該コンピュータのユーザにウェブメールを利用させるウェブメール機能提供部と、前記ウェブブラウザにより行われるウェブメールの送信が予め定められたルールに違反するか否かを判定する判定部と、当該ルールの文言を特定する文言特定データを記憶する文言特定データ記憶部と、前記判定部により違反との判定がされた場合に、保持される前記文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる表示制御部とを備えるメール機能提供装置の構成を採る。 That is, a web mail function providing unit that causes a web browser of a computer to display a web mail interface and causes a user of the computer to use the web mail, and a rule in which transmission of the web mail performed by the web browser is predetermined. Is held when a judgment unit for judging whether or not the information is violated, a wording specific data storage unit for storing wording specific data for specifying the wording of the rule, and the judgment unit by the judgment unit And a display control unit configured to display the wording specification data on the web browser.
 ここで、文言特定データは、ルールの文言を示す文字列を特定するデータであり、文字列の本体、または、文字列が記憶された記憶領域へのリンク(ポインタ)である。特定される文字列は、例えば、「Aの場合はBをしてはいけない」、「Cの場合は、Dをしなければならない」などの形式の文字列である。 Here, the wording specification data is data for specifying a character string indicating a rule wording, and is a main body of the character string or a link (pointer) to a storage area in which the character string is stored. The specified character string is, for example, a character string of the form “don't do B in the case of A”, “must do the D in the case of C”, or the like.
 また、「前記文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる」とは、文言特定データにより特定される文言をウェブブラウザに表示させることをいう。表示制御部は、現在、即座に文言を表示させてもよい。また、表示制御部は、文言へのリンクを表示させて、表示されたリンクがクリックされた際に、表示されたリンクの文言を表示させるなどして、現在よりも後に、文言を表示させてもよい。 Also, “display the wording specification data on the web browser” means displaying the wording specified by the wording specification data on the web browser. The display control unit may display the word immediately now. In addition, the display control unit displays a link to the wording, and when the displayed link is clicked, displays the wording of the displayed link, and displays the wording later than the present time. It is also good.
 そして、記憶部は、ユーザにより作成された、ルールの文言、条番号などが記憶された、Excel(登録商標)、Access(登録商標)、Word(登録商標)などのファイルを、文言特定データとして記憶する。 Then, the storage unit stores a file such as Excel (registered trademark), Access (registered trademark), Word (registered trademark), etc. created by the user and in which the rule wording, the article number, etc. are stored as the wording specification data. Remember.
 そして、表示制御部は、記憶された、Excelのファイルを検索するなどして、文言特定データを取得して、取得された文言特定データの表示を行う。 Then, the display control unit acquires the term specific data by searching the stored Excel file or the like, and displays the acquired term specific data.
 なお、ルールの文言たる文字列が表示できる文言特定データ(例えば、Excelのファイル等)が文言特定データ記憶部により記憶される。他方、ルールの判定が判定部によってされる。そして、違反の判定がされた場合には、表示制御部により、表示に利用するデータとして、単なる警告の文字列などではなく、記憶部に記憶された文言特定データが取得されて、取得された文言特定データが表示されることにより、ルールの文字列が表示される。これにより、違反の判定に際して表示されるデータとして、より良いデータが表示できる。 In addition, the wording specific data (for example, the file of Excel etc.) which can display the character string which is a word of a rule are memorize | stored by the wording specific data storage part. On the other hand, determination of the rule is performed by the determination unit. When the violation is determined, the display control unit acquires, as data to be used for display, the wording specific data stored in the storage unit rather than the simple warning character string or the like. The text of the rule is displayed by displaying the text specific data. As a result, better data can be displayed as data to be displayed when determining a violation.
 換言すれば、単なる警告ではなく、その送信が不適切であることを説明する説得的な根拠である、違反に係るルールの文言が表示され、その送信が不適切であることに対するユーザの意識を確実、十分、かつ迅速に高めることができる。 In other words, it is not a mere warning, but a persuasive basis for explaining that the transmission is inappropriate, the wording of the rule regarding the violation is displayed, and the user's awareness of the transmission being inappropriate It can be enhanced reliably, sufficiently and quickly.
 また、特別なデータを記憶する特別な記憶部が新たに必要とならず、単なる文言特定データを用いて、適切な表示ができ、簡単な構成により、より適切な表示ができる。 In addition, a special storage unit for storing special data is not newly required, and appropriate display can be performed using mere wording specification data, and more suitable display can be performed with a simple configuration.
 しかも、この構成であれば、Outlook Expressなどの、その動作をユーザが容易に変更できるソフトウェアにより、文言の表示がされるのではなく、ウェブメールのウェブブラウザにより、文言が表示できる。これにより、ユーザ側の事情に関わらずに、確実に、ルールに違反する不適切な送信が防止される表示ができる。 Moreover, with this configuration, the software such as Outlook Express that allows the user to easily change the operation can display the wording with the web browser of the webmail instead of displaying the wording. As a result, regardless of the circumstances of the user, it is possible to ensure that display can be performed to prevent inappropriate transmissions that violate the rules.
 なお、例えば、ユーザのコンピュータに特別なソフトウェアがインストールしてあるか否かにも関わらずに、確実に、適切な表示ができる。 Note that, for example, regardless of whether or not special software is installed on the user's computer, it is possible to surely display an appropriate display.
 これにより、ひいては、会社などの組織で利用される組織システムにおいてメールの機能が提供されても、次の長所が実現される。つまり、このときには、ユーザのうちに、適切な送信をする意識が低いユーザが多く含まれる。これにも関わらず、確実に不適切な送信を防ぐことができ、また、容易、迅速に、適切な送信をする意識を高めさせることができる。これにより、ひいては、意識が低いユーザがおり、例えばルールを知らないユーザや、ルールを知るのが遅いユーザがいても、組織システムにおいて、ユーザにメールを利用させることができる。 As a result, even if the mail system is provided in an organization system used in an organization such as a company, the following advantages are realized. That is, at this time, many users with low awareness of appropriate transmission are included among the users. In spite of this, it is possible to prevent improper transmission reliably and to make it possible to raise awareness to perform appropriate transmission easily and quickly. As a result, even if there is a low-conscious user, for example, a user who does not know the rule or a user who is late for knowing the rule, the user can use the mail in the organization system.
 ユーザ側の事情に関わらずに確実に、メールの不適切な送信が行われることを防止でき、しかも、十分かつ確実に、適切な送信をするべきとの意識を高めさせることができる。 Irrespective of the circumstances on the user side, it is possible to prevent inappropriate transmission of e-mails from being performed, and to increase awareness that adequate and reliable transmission should be performed.
 また、違反の判定がされた際に表示されるデータとして、より適切なデータが取得され、取得されたより適切なデータが表示できる。 Further, more appropriate data can be acquired as data to be displayed when the determination of a violation is made, and the acquired more appropriate data can be displayed.
図1は、本発明の一実施の形態における社内システムを示す図である。FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an in-house system according to an embodiment of the present invention. 図2は、同ウェブメールサーバの詳細な構成を示す図である。FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a detailed configuration of the web mail server. 図3は、ルール判定条件マスタDBと、ルール特定情報DBとの構成を示す図である。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing the configuration of the rule determination condition master DB and the rule identification information DB. 図4は、ルール特定情報DBのより詳細な構成を示す図である。FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a more detailed configuration of the rule identification information DB. 図5は、社内システムが行う処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing performed by the in-house system. 図6は、メールを示す図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a mail. 図7は、リンクを表示し又はルールの文言を表示する各状態のウェブブラウザを各々示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram respectively showing the web browser in each state displaying a link or displaying the wording of a rule. 図8は、組織マスタDBの構成を示す図である。FIG. 8 is a diagram showing the configuration of the organization master DB. 図9は、送信先ドメインマスタDBの構成を示す図である。FIG. 9 is a diagram showing the configuration of the destination domain master DB. 図10は、図5のステップS112における判定の処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing details of the process of determination in step S112 of FIG. 図11は、違反時処理をより詳しく説明するフローチャートである。FIG. 11 is a flowchart for explaining the process at the time of violation in more detail. 図12は、ルールの文言を表示し、事故事例情報を表示し、又は回避方法情報を表示する各状態のウェブブラウザを示す図である。FIG. 12 is a diagram showing the web browser in each state displaying the wording of a rule, displaying accident case information, or displaying avoidance method information. 図13は、メールを表示し又はリンクを表示する各状態のウェブブラウザを各々示す図である。FIG. 13 is a view showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link. 図14は、メールを表示し又はリンクRLを表示する各状態のウェブブラウザを各々示す図である。FIG. 14 is a view showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link RL. 図15は、メールを表示し又はリンクを表示する各状態のウェブブラウザを各々示す図である。FIG. 15 is a diagram respectively showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link. 図16は、違反時処理を、より詳しく説明するフローチャートである。FIG. 16 is a flowchart illustrating the process at the time of violation in more detail. 図17は、判定ログDBの構成を示す図である。FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the configuration of the determination log DB. 図18は、回避方法表示制御部により行われる処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing details of processing performed by the avoidance method display control unit. 図19は、第1の違反履歴表示を表示する状態のウェブブラウザを示す図である。FIG. 19 is a diagram showing the web browser in a state in which the first violation history display is displayed. 図20は、第2の違反履歴表示を表示する状態のウェブブラウザを各々示す図である。FIG. 20 is a view showing the web browser in the state of displaying the second violation history display. 図21は、ルール表示を表示し又は各実行ボタンを表示する各状態のウェブブラウザを各々示す図である。FIG. 21 is a diagram respectively showing the web browser in each state displaying a rule display or displaying each execution button. 図22は、承認可否通知を示す図である。FIG. 22 shows an approval / non-approval notification. 図23は、承認履歴DBの構成を示す図である。FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the structure of the approval history DB. 図24は、判定処理部が行う、承認の判定の処理を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the process of determination of approval performed by the determination processing unit. 図25は、判定処理部が行うデータ量判定処理を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 25 is a flowchart of the data amount determination process performed by the determination processing unit. 図26は、メールを表示し、又は、リンクを表示する各状態のウェブブラウザを各々示す図である。FIG. 26 is a diagram showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link. 図27は、データ量のルールに違反するとの判定がされた場合における処理の他の一例を示す図である。FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating another example of processing when it is determined that the data amount rule is violated. 図28は、判定処理が、転送禁止のルールについて行われる例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing an example in which the determination process is performed for the transfer prohibition rule. 図29は、メールを表示し又はリンクを表示する各状態のウェブブラウザを各々示す図である。FIG. 29 is a diagram showing the web browser in each state for displaying an e-mail or displaying a link. 図30は、ウェブメールサーバ処理をより詳細に示すフローチャートである。FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the web mail server process in more detail. 図31は、確認表示を示す図である。FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a confirmation display. 図32は、課金表示制御部等を示す図である。FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a charging display control unit and the like. 図33は、課金メッセージが表示される処理を示す図である。FIG. 33 shows a process of displaying a charging message.
 以下、本発明を実施するための最良の形態について、図面を参照しながら説明する。 Hereinafter, the best mode for carrying out the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
 (社内システム1)
 図1は、社内システム1を示す図である。
(In-house system 1)
FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an in-house system 1.
 社内システム1は、複数のコンピュータが、LAN(Local Area Network)などのネットワークによって互いに接続されてなる。社内システム1は、社外2の社外コンピュータ21に対して、例えばインターネット等の広域ネットワークを通じて接続する。 The in-house system 1 is configured by connecting a plurality of computers to one another by a network such as a LAN (Local Area Network). The in-house system 1 connects to the external computer 21 outside the company 2 through a wide area network such as the Internet.
 そして、社内システム1は、ウェブメールサーバ装置11と、社員コンピュータ12と、他の社員コンピュータ13と、他の社員コンピュータ14と、ルールサーバ装置15とを備える。 Then, the in-house system 1 includes a web mail server device 11, an employee computer 12, another employee computer 13, another employee computer 14, and a rule server device 15.
 ウェブメールサーバ装置11は、ウェブメールの機能を、社内システム1に含まれる、社員コンピュータ12等の各コンピュータに提供するサーバ装置であり、例えばパーソナルコンピュータによって構成される。 The web mail server apparatus 11 is a server apparatus for providing the function of web mail to each computer such as the employee computer 12 included in the in-house system 1, and is constituted by, for example, a personal computer.
 そして、ウェブメールサーバ装置11は、ウェブメールサーバ100を備える。つまり、ウェブメールサーバ装置11は、ウェブメールサーバ100の機能ブロックの機能を有する。例えば、ウェブメールサーバ装置11は、当該ウェブメールサーバ装置11に記憶された予め定められたソフトウェアを実行することで、ウェブメールサーバ100の機能をウェブメールサーバ装置11に実現する。このソフトウェアの一部は、例えば、IMAP(Internet Message Access Protocol)の処理をする公知のソフトウェアなどの、公知のソフトウェアであってもよい。 Then, the web mail server apparatus 11 includes the web mail server 100. That is, the web mail server apparatus 11 has a function of a functional block of the web mail server 100. For example, the web mail server apparatus 11 implements the function of the web mail server 100 in the web mail server apparatus 11 by executing predetermined software stored in the web mail server apparatus 11. A portion of this software may be known software, such as, for example, known software that processes Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP).
 なお、例えば、ウェブメールサーバ装置11は、情報加工部11aと、情報記憶部11bとを備える。情報加工部11aは、例えば、ウェブメールサーバ装置11として構築されたコンピュータが有するCPU(Central Processing Unit)を含む。情報加工部11aは、演算その他の情報の加工を行う。情報記憶部11bは、例えば、そのコンピュータが有するRAM(Random Access Memory)、ROM(Read Only Memory)、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)、SDD(Solid Disk Drive)などの全部又は一部を含む。情報記憶部11bは、情報の記憶を行う。ウェブメールサーバ装置11は、これらのハードウェア、つまり、情報加工部11aおよび情報記憶部11bを動作させることにより、コンピュータとして機能する。ウェブメールサーバ装置11は、これにより、ウェブメールサーバ100の機能を、ウェブメールサーバ装置11に実現する。情報記憶部11bは、例えば、上記のソフトウェアを記憶してもよい。情報加工部11a(及び情報記憶部11b)は、記憶されたこのソフトウェアの内容を実行することで、ウェブメールサーバ100の機能を実現させる制御を、ウェブメールサーバ装置11に行う。 For example, the web mail server apparatus 11 includes an information processing unit 11a and an information storage unit 11b. The information processing unit 11 a includes, for example, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) of a computer built as the web mail server apparatus 11. The information processing unit 11a processes operations and other information. The information storage unit 11 b includes, for example, all or part of a random access memory (RAM), a read only memory (ROM), a hard disk drive (HDD), a solid disk drive (SDD), or the like included in the computer. The information storage unit 11 b stores information. The web mail server apparatus 11 functions as a computer by operating the hardware, that is, the information processing unit 11a and the information storage unit 11b. The web mail server apparatus 11 thereby realizes the function of the web mail server 100 in the web mail server apparatus 11. The information storage unit 11 b may store, for example, the above software. The information processing unit 11a (and the information storage unit 11b) executes control of the web mail server apparatus 11 to realize the function of the web mail server 100 by executing the stored contents of the software.
 なお、図2に示される、ウェブメールサーバ装置11の情報加工部11a等は、単なる一例である。つまり、例えば社員コンピュータ12などの、社内システム1が備えるそれぞれのコンピュータは、そのコンピュータの情報加工部11a等を各々備える。 Note that the information processing unit 11 a and the like of the web mail server device 11 shown in FIG. 2 are merely an example. That is, each computer with which the in-company system 1 is equipped, such as the employee computer 12, for example, includes the information processing unit 11a of the computer.
 ここで、ウェブメールサーバ100や、ウェブメールサーバ100などの各部分の機能ブロック(図2等)のそれぞれは、オブジェクトによる機能の機能ブロックでもよい。つまり、それぞれの機能ブロックは、例えば、ウェブメールサーバ100がソフトウェアを実行することにより生成するオブジェクトにより実現される機能の機能ブロックであってもよい。ここで、オブジェクトは、オブジェクト指向におけるオブジェクトである。例えば、これらオブジェクトは、JAVA(登録商標)や、PHP(Hypertext Preprocessor)、JavaScript、rubyなど(それぞれ登録商標)のオブジェクト指向言語により実装されたオブジェクトであってもよい。 Here, each of the functional blocks (FIG. 2 etc.) of each part of the web mail server 100, the web mail server 100, etc. may be a functional block of a function by an object. That is, each functional block may be, for example, a functional block of a function realized by an object generated by the web mail server 100 executing software. Here, an object is an object in object orientation. For example, these objects may be objects implemented by an object-oriented language such as JAVA (registered trademark), PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor), JavaScript, ruby, or the like (each registered trademark).
 社員コンピュータ12は、社内システム1の会社に所属する社員であるユーザ12uにより利用される、例えばパーソナルコンピュータなどの、社内システム1に含まれるコンピュータである。社員コンピュータ12は、ウェブブラウザのソフトウェアを実行することによって、ウェブブラウザ200の機能を実現する。なお、社員コンピュータ12は、例えば、ウェブブラウザのソフトウェアがインストールされる。 The employee computer 12 is a computer included in the in-house system 1, such as a personal computer, which is used by the user 12 u who is an employee belonging to the company of the in-house system 1. The employee computer 12 implements the function of the web browser 200 by executing the software of the web browser. In the employee computer 12, for example, software of a web browser is installed.
 ウェブメールサーバ100は、ウェブメールサーバ装置11によって実現されるウェブメールサーバの機能ブロックである。ウェブメールサーバ100は、社員コンピュータ12のウェブブラウザ200に、ウェブメールのインタフェース201を表示させて、ユーザ12uにウェブメールの機能を提供する。 The web mail server 100 is a functional block of the web mail server realized by the web mail server apparatus 11. The web mail server 100 causes the web browser 200 of the employee computer 12 to display a web mail interface 201 and provides the user 12 u with a web mail function.
 なお、ウェブメールサーバ100は、例えば、ウェブメールサーバ装置11に実現されるウェブサーバの機能の上で稼動するWEBアプリケーションである。ウェブサーバは、例えば、Apacheでもよい。例えば、ウェブメールサーバ100は、ウェブサーバにインストールされた、PHP(Hypertext Preprocessor)やJAVA(登録商標)などのソフトウェアにより実現されるWEBアプリケーションであってもよい。ウェブメールサーバ100の一部は、公知のウェブメールの技術により構築されてもよい。利用される技術は、例えば、Google社のウェブメールサービスであるGMAIL(登録商標、http://www.gmail.com)や、ヤフー株式会社のYahooメール(http://mail.yahoo.co.jp)などに含まれる技術と同等の技術でもよい。 The web mail server 100 is, for example, a web application that operates on the function of the web server implemented by the web mail server apparatus 11. The web server may be, for example, Apache. For example, the web mail server 100 may be a web application implemented by software such as PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor) or JAVA (registered trademark) installed on a web server. A part of the webmail server 100 may be constructed by known webmail technology. Technologies to be used include, for example, GMAIL (registered trademark, http://www.gmail.com), which is a web mail service of Google, and Yahoo Mail (http://mail.yahoo.co. A technique equivalent to the technique included in jp) may be used.
 なお、社内システム1のうちで、公知技術によっても実現され得る部分については、適宜、その部分の詳細な構成について、説明を省略する。社内システム1は、説明を省略した詳細な構成に、様々な構成が採用されたシステムを含む。例えば、社内システム1は、説明を省略した詳細な構成が、公知技術による構成にされたシステムを含むし、新しく将来開発された技術による構成にされたシステムを含むし、将来一般的になる技術による構成にされたシステムを含む。 In addition, about the part which may be implement | achieved by well-known technology among the in-company systems 1, description is abbreviate | omitted about the detailed structure of the part suitably. The in-house system 1 includes systems in which various configurations are adopted in a detailed configuration in which the description is omitted. For example, the in-house system 1 includes a system in which the detailed configuration without description includes a system configured according to a known technology, a system configured according to a new future developed technology, and a technology that will become common in the future Including systems configured according to
 社員コンピュータ12のウェブブラウザ200は、社員コンピュータ12によって実現されるウェブブラウザの機能の機能ブロックである。ウェブブラウザ200は、ウェブメールのインタフェース201をユーザ12uに表示する。インタフェース201は、ウェブメールサーバ100がウェブブラウザ200に表示させるインタフェースである。ウェブブラウザ200は、例えば、従来よりあるウェブブラウザであってもよい。より具体的には、例えば、ウェブブラウザ200は、Internet Explorer(登録商標)であってもよいし、Fire Fox(登録商標)であってもよいし、Safari(登録商標)であってもよいし、他のウェブブラウザであってもよい。 The web browser 200 of the employee computer 12 is a functional block of the web browser function implemented by the employee computer 12. The web browser 200 displays the web mail interface 201 to the user 12 u. The interface 201 is an interface that the web mail server 100 causes the web browser 200 to display. The web browser 200 may be, for example, a conventional web browser. More specifically, for example, the web browser 200 may be Internet Explorer (registered trademark), Fire Fox (registered trademark), or Safari (registered trademark). , May be another web browser.
 なお、他の社員コンピュータ13、他の社員コンピュータ14などの、社員コンピュータ12以外の、社内システム1の他のコンピュータは、社員コンピュータ12と同様のコンピュータであり、適宜説明を省略する。 The other computers in the in-house system 1 other than the employee computer 12, such as the other employee computers 13 and the other employee computers 14, are the same computers as the employee computer 12, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
 社内ルールRは、会社によって定められた、ユーザ12u等の社員がウェブメールを利用する際のルールである。ユーザ12uは、社員コンピュータ12を用いてウェブメールを利用する際に、社内ルールRを守る義務を有する。社内ルールRは、例えば、社内ルールRが印刷された冊子の情報として、会社からユーザ12u等の各社員に提供される。 The in-house rule R is a rule established by a company when an employee such as the user 12 u uses web mail. The user 12 u is obliged to observe the company rule R when using web mail using the employee computer 12. The in-house rule R is provided, for example, as information of a booklet in which the in-house rule R is printed, from the company to each employee such as the user 12 u.
 ルールサーバ装置15は、社内ルールRを電子データの形で記録した社内ルールデータReを記憶する。なお、社内ルールデータReは、社内ルールRに含まれる各ルールの文言のデータである。そして、ルールサーバ装置15は、例えばウェブサーバとして働くなどして、ウェブブラウザ200が、記憶された各ルールのURLを開いた場合に、ウェブブラウザ200に、そのURLの社内ルールの文言を表示させる。なお、ルールサーバ装置15は、例えば、パーソナルコンピュータによって構成されてもよい。より具体的には、ルールサーバ装置は、汎用品のパーソナルコンピュータにより構成されてもよい。社内ルールデータReは、例えば、Excel、Accessなどのファイルである。また、社内ルールデータReは、単なるテキストファイルであってもよい。 The rule server device 15 stores in-house rule data Re in which the in-house rule R is recorded in the form of electronic data. The in-house rule data Re is data of the wording of each rule included in the in-house rule R. Then, when the web browser 200 opens the URL of each stored rule, for example, by working as a web server, the rule server device 15 causes the web browser 200 to display the wording of the in-company rule of the URL. . The rule server device 15 may be configured by, for example, a personal computer. More specifically, the rule server device may be configured by a general-purpose personal computer. The in-house rule data Re is, for example, a file such as Excel or Access. The in-house rule data Re may be a simple text file.
 なお、社内システム1では、ウェブメールサーバ装置11およびルールサーバ装置15の、別体の2つのサーバ装置に代えて、これらウェブメールサーバ装置11およびルールサーバ装置15の各機能を併せ持つ1つのサーバ装置を設けてもよい。ウェブメールサーバ装置11およびルールサーバ装置15の一方又は両方は、社内システム1に実現された機能の機能ブロックであると解釈してもよい。 In the in-house system 1, instead of the two separate server devices of the web mail server device 11 and the rule server device 15, one server device having the functions of the web mail server device 11 and the rule server device 15 together May be provided. One or both of the web mail server device 11 and the rule server device 15 may be interpreted as functional blocks of functions implemented in the in-house system 1.
 図2は、ウェブメールサーバ100(図1)の詳細な構成を示す図である。 FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the detailed configuration of the web mail server 100 (FIG. 1).
 ウェブメールサーバ100は、メールデータ取得部111と、判定部300と、違反時処理部400と、判定ログ管理部500(図17~図20等を参照)とを備える。 The web mail server 100 includes a mail data acquisition unit 111, a determination unit 300, a violation processing unit 400, and a determination log management unit 500 (see FIGS. 17 to 20 and the like).
 なお、ウェブメールサーバ100は、図2では図示を省略したが、図32に示される課金表示制御部119等も備える。 Although not shown in FIG. 2, the web mail server 100 also includes a charging display control unit 119 and the like shown in FIG. 32.
 メールデータ取得部111は、メールデータをウェブブラウザ200から取得する。具体的には、メールデータ取得部111は、ウェブメールサーバ100がウェブブラウザ200に表示させるインタフェース201により、ユーザ12uがメールを送信する際に、メールデータを取得する。つまり、メールデータ取得部111は、そのメールの送信の際に、その送信をウェブブラウザ200が当該ウェブメールサーバ100に実行させるメールデータを、ウェブブラウザ200から取得する。なお、メールデータ取得部111は、ウェブメールサーバ100の基本的な機能が含まれると理解されてもよい。メールデータ取得部111は、例えば、ウェブブラウザ200に、ウェブメールのインタフェースを表示させて、ユーザ12uにウェブメールを利用させる。 The mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires mail data from the web browser 200. Specifically, the mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires mail data when the user 12 u transmits a mail by the interface 201 that the web mail server 100 causes the web browser 200 to display. That is, when transmitting the e-mail, the e-mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires from the web browser 200 e-mail data that the web browser 200 causes the web e-mail server 100 to execute the transmission. The mail data acquisition unit 111 may be understood to include the basic functions of the web mail server 100. For example, the mail data acquisition unit 111 causes the web browser 200 to display a web mail interface, and causes the user 12 u to use the web mail.
 メールデータは、送信されるメールの宛先や、メールの本文、添付ファイルなどが含まれる。ここで、メールの宛先は、To欄の宛先と、Cc欄の宛先と、bcc欄の宛先とを含む。また、メールデータは、そのメールの送信者を特定する送信者特定データを含む。ここで、送信者特定データは、当該送信者特定データが特定する送信者として、ウェブブラウザ200によって、当該送信者特定データの送信元の社員コンピュータ12のユーザ12uが設定される。送信者特定データは、具体的には、その送信者の個人IDである。また、メールデータは、そのメールが作成されるのが開始されたユーザの操作が、メールの新規作成の操作であったのか、メールを返信する操作であったのか、メールを転送する転送の操作であったのか、何れの操作であったのかを特定する開始操作データを含む。 The mail data includes the address of the mail to be sent, the text of the mail, an attached file, and the like. Here, the e-mail destination includes the destination in the To column, the destination in the Cc column, and the destination in the bcc column. Also, the mail data includes sender identification data that identifies the sender of the mail. Here, as the sender identification data, the user 12 u of the employee computer 12 of the transmission source of the sender identification data is set by the web browser 200 as a sender identified by the sender identification data. Specifically, the sender identification data is the sender's personal ID. Also, in the mail data, whether the operation of the user whose creation of the mail has been started is a new mail creation operation, an operation to reply a mail, or a forwarding operation to forward the email. Includes start operation data specifying which operation was or which operation was.
 なお、メールデータの少なくとも一部は、例えば、ウェブメールサーバ装置11が、社外2(図1)のメールサーバや、当該ウェブメールサーバ装置11にある、宛先のメールボックスに保持させる。これによって、そのメールデータのメールが、そのメールデータによるメールの宛先に送信される。 In addition, at least a part of the mail data is held by, for example, a mail server of the external company 2 (FIG. 1) in the external mail server apparatus 11 or a destination mail box in the Web mail server apparatus 11. By this, the mail of the mail data is sent to the destination of the mail by the mail data.
 なお、また、メールデータ取得部111は、例えば、WEBアプリケーションにおける公知の通信方法によって、メールデータを取得してもよい。例えば、メールデータ取得部111は、例えば送信ボタンなどのインタフェースをウェブブラウザ200に表示させ、そのインタフェースがクリック等された場合には、メールデータがウェブメールサーバ100へ社員コンピュータ12により送信されるようにする。メールデータ取得部111は、このインタフェースを表示させることで、メールデータを取得する。この送信ボタンは、ユーザ12uが、作成したメールの送信をウェブメールサーバ100に実行させるクリック等の操作を入力するインタフェースである。そして、メールデータ取得部111は、例えば、HTTP(HyperText Transfer Protocol)通信により、この送信がされる送信ボタン等をウェブブラウザ200に表示させて、HTTP通信によって、ウェブブラウザ200からメールデータを取得する。なお、HTTP通信は、WEBアプリケーションにおいてウェブブラウザがウェブメールサーバに行う通信として一般的な通信である。 The mail data acquisition unit 111 may also acquire mail data by a known communication method in a WEB application, for example. For example, the mail data acquisition unit 111 causes an interface such as a send button to be displayed on the web browser 200, and when the interface is clicked, the mail data is transmitted by the employee computer 12 to the web mail server 100. Make it The mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires mail data by displaying this interface. The send button is an interface through which the user 12 u inputs an operation such as a click to cause the web mail server 100 to send the created mail. Then, the e-mail data acquisition unit 111 causes the web browser 200 to display a send button or the like to be transmitted by, for example, HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol) communication, and acquires e-mail data from the web browser 200 by HTTP communication. . The HTTP communication is a general communication as communication performed by the web browser to the web mail server in the web application.
 なお、ウェブブラウザ200は、例えば、提供されるウェブメールの機能に対してログイン中のユーザを送信者と特定することにより、ウェブブラウザ200を実行する社員コンピュータ12のユーザ12uを、ウェブメールの送信者として特定する。ウェブメールへのログインは、例えば社員IDを用いて行われる。 The web browser 200 transmits the webmail to the user 12 u of the employee computer 12 executing the web browser 200 by specifying the user who is logging in as the sender with respect to the provided webmail function, for example. Identify as a person. Login to web mail is performed using, for example, an employee ID.
 判定部300は、メールデータ取得部111によって取得されたメールデータを解析して、判定を行う。より具体的には、判定部300は、次の各部分の機能を有し、それらの各部分の機能を用いて、以下で詳しく説明するようにして、解析および判定を行う。 The determination unit 300 analyzes the mail data acquired by the mail data acquisition unit 111 to make a determination. More specifically, the determination unit 300 has the functions of the following parts, and performs analysis and determination using the functions of the parts as described in detail below.
 すなわち、判定部300は、ルール判定条件マスタDB(DB:データベース)311(図3)と、送信先ドメインマスタDB312(図9)と、組織マスタDB313(図8)と、承認履歴DB314(図23)と、判定処理部320とを備える。 That is, the determination unit 300 includes the rule determination condition master DB (DB: database) 311 (FIG. 3), the transmission destination domain master DB 312 (FIG. 9), the organization master DB 313 (FIG. 8), and the approval history DB 314 (FIG. 23). And a determination processing unit 320.
 図3は、ルール判定条件マスタDB311(図2)と、ルール特定情報DB411(図2)との構成を示す図である。 FIG. 3 is a diagram showing the configuration of the rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 2) and the rule identification information DB 411 (FIG. 2).
 ルール判定条件マスタDB311は、社内ルールR(図1、図2)に含まれる複数のルールのうちから、それぞれのルールを特定するルールコードに対応付けて、そのルールコードの特徴データを保持する。特徴データは、その特徴データに対応するルールコードのルールに違反した送信がユーザ12uによって行われた場合のメールデータの特徴を示す。ここで、ルールコードとは、例えば、各ルールに割り振られた番号や、社内ルールRの複数のルールの条番号のうちにおける、そのルールの条番号などである。 The rule determination condition master DB 311 holds feature data of the rule code in association with a rule code for specifying each of the plurality of rules included in the in-house rule R (FIG. 1, FIG. 2). The feature data indicates the feature of the mail data when transmission by the user 12 u is performed in violation of the rule of the rule code corresponding to the feature data. Here, the rule code is, for example, the number assigned to each rule, or the item number of the rule among the item numbers of a plurality of rules of the in-house rule R.
 特徴データは、図3に示されるルール判定条件マスタDB311の表において、R001などのそれぞれの列における、文字列~対象操作の各行、すなわち、第2行~第7行(上から2番目の行~7番目の行)により示される。つまり、特徴データは、図3に示されるように、文字列データ(第2行)と、部署ID(第3行)と、送信先特定データ(第4行)と、開始操作データ(第5~7行)とを含む。文字列データは、メールに含まれる、「バカ」などの文字列を特定する。部署IDは、会社を構成する部課などの複数の組織のうちで、メールの発信者が所属する部署のIDであり、例えばH001などのIDである。送信者特定データは、メールの送信先を特定する、例えば「社外」などのデータである。開始操作データは、新規作成、返信および転送の3つの操作のうちで、そのメールの作成が開始されたユーザ操作を特定する。そして、特徴データは、次のようなメールデータを、その特徴データの特徴を備えるメールデータと特定する。すなわち、特徴データは、その、特定されるメールデータによるメールの送信は、その特徴データのルールに違反する送信であると特定する。特定されるメールデータは、その文字列データが特定する文字列がメールの本文に含まれ、かつ、その部署IDが特定する部署が、そのメールの発信者の所属する部署であり、かつ、その開始操作データが特定する操作が、そのメールの作成が開始された操作であるメールデータである。 The characteristic data is, in the table of the rule determination condition master DB 311 shown in FIG. 3, each row of character string to target operation in each column such as R001, that is, the second to seventh rows (the second row from the top It is indicated by the 7th line). That is, as shown in FIG. 3, the feature data is character string data (line 2), department ID (line 3), transmission destination identification data (line 4), and start operation data (5th line). And 7 lines). String data specifies a string such as "idiot" included in mail. The department ID is an ID of a department to which the sender of the mail belongs among a plurality of organizations such as divisions making up a company, and is an ID such as H001, for example. The sender identification data is data such as “outside” that specifies the destination of the mail. The start operation data specifies, out of the three operations of new creation, reply and transfer, the user operation whose creation of the mail has been started. Then, the feature data specifies the following mail data as the mail data having the feature of the feature data. That is, the feature data specifies that the transmission of the mail by the specified mail data is a transmission that violates the rule of the feature data. The email data to be identified includes the character string identified by the character string data in the text of the email, and the department identified by the department ID is the department to which the sender of the email belongs, and The operation specified by the start operation data is mail data which is an operation at which creation of the mail is started.
 なお、ルール判定条件マスタDB311は、以上のようなデータ構造を有するファイルを、メールデータとして、例えば、ウェブメールサーバ装置11の主記憶などのメモリ(情報記憶部11b)に記憶してもよい。また、ルール判定条件マスタDB311は、仮想的な記憶部であり、ウェブメールサーバ装置11の外部にある予め定められた現実の記憶装置に、以上のようなデータ構造を有するファイル等を記憶させてもよい。そして、仮想的な記憶部は、仮想的な記憶部への、ルール判定条件マスタDB311の外部からのアクセスがあると、そのアクセスに対応する、現実の記憶装置へのアクセスを発生させて、仮想的な記憶部へのそのアクセスにおける、書き込みや読み出しなどを実現してもよい。なお、ルール判定条件マスタDB311以外の他のDBや、記憶部などについても、同様である。 The rule determination condition master DB 311 may store a file having the above data structure as mail data, for example, in a memory (information storage unit 11 b) such as the main storage of the web mail server apparatus 11. In addition, the rule determination condition master DB 311 is a virtual storage unit, and stores a file having the above data structure and the like in a predetermined actual storage device outside the web mail server apparatus 11. It is also good. Then, when the virtual storage unit is accessed from the outside of the rule determination condition master DB 311 to the virtual storage unit, the virtual storage unit generates an access to a real storage device corresponding to the access, and the virtual storage unit is virtualized. Write and read may be realized in the access to the general storage unit. The same applies to other DBs other than the rule determination condition master DB 311, storage units, and the like.
 判定処理部320は、ルール判定条件マスタDB311に保持される特徴データごとに、それぞれ、メールデータ取得部111(図3、図2)によって取得されたメールデータが、その特徴データの特徴を備えるか否かを判定する。すなわち、判定処理部320は、取得されたメールデータによるメールの送信が、その特徴データに係るルールに違反した送信であるか否かを判定する。 Whether the mail data acquired by the mail data acquisition unit 111 (FIGS. 3 and 2) has the feature data feature for each of the feature data items held in the rule determination condition master DB 311 It is determined whether or not. That is, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether transmission of the mail by the acquired mail data is transmission in violation of a rule related to the feature data.
 具体的には、判定処理部320は、その特徴データの文字列が、取得されたメールデータに含まれるか否かを判定する。また、判定処理部320は、その特徴データの部署が、そのメールデータの送信者の部署であるか否かを判定する。また、判定処理部320は、その特徴データの送信先が、そのメールデータの送信先であるか否かを判定する。また、判定処理部320は、その特徴データの操作が、そのメールデータの操作であるか否かを判定する。 Specifically, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the character string of the feature data is included in the acquired mail data. Further, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the department of the feature data is the department of the sender of the mail data. Further, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the transmission destination of the feature data is the transmission destination of the mail data. In addition, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the operation of the feature data is the operation of the mail data.
 そして、判定処理部320は、メールデータに、特徴データの文字列が含まれると判定され、その部署が、特徴データの部署であると判定され、その送信先が、特徴データの送信先であると判定され、かつ、その操作が、その特徴データの操作であると判定された場合(違反条件が成立する場合)に、違反との判定をする。すなわち、判定処理部320は、違反条件が成立する場合、そのメールデータを、その特徴データのルールに違反するメールデータであると判定し、すなわち、そのメールの送信がそのルールに違反することを判定する。 Then, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the mail data includes the character string of the feature data, determines that the department is the department of the feature data, and the transmission destination is the transmission destination of the feature data. If it is determined that the operation is the operation of the feature data (if the violation condition is satisfied), it is determined that a violation occurs. That is, when the violation condition is satisfied, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the mail data is mail data that violates the rule of the feature data, that is, transmission of the mail violates the rule. judge.
 逆に、判定処理部320は、文字列が含まれないと判定されるか、部署が特徴データの部署ではないと判定されるか、送信先が特徴データの送信先ではないと判定されるか、又は、操作が、その特徴データの操作ではないと判定されるか何れかの場合(違反条件が成立しない場合)、違反でないとの判定をする。つまり、判定処理部320は、この場合、そのメールデータは違反のメールデータではないと判定する。 Conversely, whether the determination processing unit 320 determines that a character string is not included, determines that a department is not a department of feature data, or determines whether a transmission destination is not a transmission destination of feature data Alternatively, if it is determined that the operation is not the operation of the feature data (if the violation condition is not satisfied), it is determined that the operation is not a violation. That is, in this case, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the mail data is not a violation mail data.
 なお、判定処理部320は、特徴データに文字列が含まれない場合、すなわち、特徴データが部署等のみによってなる場合には、部署の判定の結果のみに基づいて、違反か否かの判定を行うなどする。 In the case where the feature data does not include a character string, that is, when the feature data consists of only a department or the like, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the violation is or not based on only the result of the department determination. Do.
 なお、また、判定処理部320は、部署に係る上記の判定をするのに、例えば、具体的には、図8で説明するようにして、組織マスタDB313を用いて判定を行う。また、判定処理部320は、送信先に係る上記の判定には、例えば、具体的には、図9を説明するようにして、送信先ドメインマスタDB312を用いて判定を行う。ただし、社内システム1は、これらの判定を、組織マスタDB313や送信先ドメインマスタDB312を用いて行うシステムに限られず、組織マスタDB313及び送信先ドメインマスタDB312の一方又は両方を用いずに行うシステムであってもよい。 In addition, the determination processing unit 320 performs the determination using the organization master DB 313, for example, as specifically described with reference to FIG. Further, the determination processing unit 320 performs the above determination regarding the transmission destination using, for example, the transmission destination domain master DB 312 as specifically described in FIG. 9. However, the in-house system 1 is not limited to a system that performs these determinations using the organization master DB 313 and the destination domain master DB 312, and is a system that does not use one or both of the organization master DB 313 and the destination domain master DB 312. It may be.
 なお、判定処理部320は、操作に係る上記の判定を行うのに、例えば、メールデータに含まれる操作特定データ(先述)が、特徴データに含まれる開始操作データと同じ操作を特定するデータか否かを判定して、この判定を行う。 It should be noted that, in order to perform the above-described determination relating to the operation, for example, whether the operation specifying data (described above) included in the mail data specifies the same operation as the start operation data included in the feature data It is judged whether or not it is judged.
 なお、図2に示される、判定部300の複数の部分のうちで、上記に説明した部分以外の、例えば承認履歴DB314などの部分については、後で詳しく説明する。 Among the plurality of parts of the determination unit 300 shown in FIG. 2, parts other than the parts described above, for example, the part such as the approval history DB 314 will be described in detail later.
 違反時処理部400(図2)は、ルール特定情報DB411(図3、図4)と、事故事例情報DB412と、回避方法情報DB413と、社内ルール表示制御部421と、事故事例表示制御部422と、回避方法表示制御部423と、確認処理部431と、承認処理部432(図23)とを備える。 The violation processing unit 400 (FIG. 2) includes a rule identification information DB 411 (FIGS. 3 and 4), an accident case information DB 412, an avoidance method information DB 413, an in-house rule display control unit 421, and an accident case display control unit 422. , An avoidance method display control unit 423, a confirmation processing unit 431, and an approval processing unit 432 (FIG. 23).
 図4は、ルール特定情報DB411(図2、図3)のより詳細な構成を示す図である。 FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a more detailed configuration of the rule identification information DB 411 (FIG. 2, FIG. 3).
 ルール特定情報DB411は、URLを保持する。保持されるURLは、ルールサーバ装置15へと送信されることにより、ルールサーバ装置15がウェブサーバとして、ルールの文言をクライアントに表示させるURL(Uniform Resource Locator)である。より具体的には、ルール特定情報DB411は、ルールコード(図3の説明を参照)ごとに、そのルールコードのルールが表示されるURLを保持する。図4では、保持されるURLは、図4の表の3列目のリンク先(根拠情報)の欄に図示される。 The rule identification information DB 411 holds the URL. The held URL is a URL (Uniform Resource Locator) that causes the rule server device 15 to display the wording of the rule on the client as a web server by being transmitted to the rule server device 15. More specifically, the rule identification information DB 411 holds, for each rule code (see the description of FIG. 3), a URL in which the rule of the rule code is displayed. In FIG. 4, the held URLs are illustrated in the link destination (base information) column of the third column of the table of FIG. 4.
 社内ルール表示制御部421(図2、図4)は、判定処理部320により、ルールに違反するとの判定がされた場合に、URLへのリンクを、その判定がされたメールデータを取得させたウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。具体的には、社内ルール表示制御部421は、この場合、違反の判定がされた特徴データ(図3)に対してルール判定条件マスタDB311(図3)が対応付けるルールコードに対して、このルール特定情報DB(図4)が対応付けるURLへのリンクを表示させる。これにより、社内ルール表示制御部421は、ルールサーバ装置15によって、違反がされたルールをウェブブラウザ200に表示させ、すなわち、違反がされたルールの文言を表示させて、表示された文言をユーザ12uに閲覧させる。 When the determination processing unit 320 determines that the rule is violated, the in-house rule display control unit 421 (FIGS. 2 and 4) causes the link to the URL to acquire the mail data for which the determination is made. It is displayed on the web browser 200. Specifically, in this case, the internal rule display control unit 421 applies the rule to the rule code that the rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 3) associates the feature data (FIG. 3) for which the determination of the violation is made. A link to the URL that the specific information DB (FIG. 4) associates is displayed. As a result, the internal rule display control unit 421 causes the rule server device 15 to display the violated rule on the web browser 200, that is, to display the wording of the violated rule and display the displayed word Let 12u view it.
 なお、社内ルール表示制御部421がリンクを表示させる画面の詳細などについては、後で、様々なバリエーションを交えて、詳しく説明される(図7等)。 The details of the screen on which the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the link to be displayed will be described in detail later with various variations (FIG. 7 and the like).
 なお、社内ルール表示制御部421は、例えば、メールを送信させる送信ボタンをウェブブラウザ200のユーザ12uがクリックした場合に、クリックした送信ボタンが表示されるページの次にウェブメールサーバ100がウェブブラウザ200に表示させるページのうちに、リンクを表示させる。 If the user 12 u of the web browser 200 clicks a send button for sending a mail, for example, the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web mail server 100 to display the web browser next to the page on which the clicked send button is displayed. A link is displayed on the page displayed on 200.
 図5は、社内システム1が行う処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing performed by the in-house system 1.
 ステップS121では、ウェブブラウザ200がメールデータを、ウェブメールサーバ100に送信する。 In step S121, the web browser 200 transmits the mail data to the web mail server 100.
 ステップS111では、メールデータ取得部111が、ステップS121で送信されるメールデータを取得(受信)する。 In step S111, the mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires (receives) the mail data transmitted in step S121.
 そして、ウェブメールサーバ100は、ルール判定条件マスタDB311(図3)に保持される特徴データごとに、それぞれ、ステップS112、ステップS11aの処理を行う。例えば、特徴データは、重要度のデータを含み、ウェブメールサーバ100は、より高い重要度のデータが含まれる特徴データについての処理から順に、この処理を行う。 Then, the web mail server 100 performs the processing of step S112 and step S11a for each of the feature data held in the rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 3). For example, the feature data includes data of importance, and the web mail server 100 performs this processing in order from processing of feature data including data of higher importance.
 ステップS112では、判定処理部320が、ステップS111で取得されたメールデータが、特徴データのルールに違反するか否かを、上述のようにして、判定する。 In step S112, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the mail data acquired in step S111 violates the rule of the feature data as described above.
 そして、ステップS112において、違反しないと判定された場合には(ステップS112:適合判定)、社内ルール表示制御部421は、上記した、ルールのURLへのリンクを、ウェブブラウザ200に表示させること(後述するステップS114参照)をせず、その特徴データについての処理は終わる。 Then, if it is determined in step S112 that no violation occurs (step S112: determination of conformity), the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web browser 200 to display the link to the URL of the rule described above ( The process for the feature data ends without performing step S114 described later).
 ステップS113では、ステップS112において、その特徴データのルールに違反すると判定された場合に(ステップS112:違反判定)、社内ルール表示制御部421(図2)が、その特徴データに対応するルールのURLを、ルール特定情報DB411(図4)から取得する。 In step S113, when it is determined in step S112 that the rule of the feature data is violated (step S112: violation determination), the internal rule display control unit 421 (FIG. 2) determines the URL of the rule corresponding to the feature data. Is acquired from the rule identification information DB 411 (FIG. 4).
 ステップS114では、社内ルール表示制御部421が、ステップS113で取得されたURLへのリンクを表示させる。 In step S114, the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the link to the URL acquired in step S113 to be displayed.
 ステップS124では、ウェブブラウザ200が、ステップS114で社内ルール表示制御部421が表示させるリンクのページを表示し、そのリンクがクリックされた際のページの中に、違反が判定されたルールの文言を表示させる。なお、ステップS124では、ウェブブラウザ200は、例えば、ユーザ12uがそのリンクをクリックしなかった場合などには、この表示をせず、図5の処理が終了する。 In step S124, the web browser 200 displays the page of the link displayed by the in-company rule display control unit 421 in step S114, and in the page when the link is clicked, the wording of the rule in which the violation is determined Display. In step S124, for example, when the user 12u does not click the link, the web browser 200 does not display this, and the processing of FIG. 5 ends.
 なお、例えば、ウェブメールサーバ100は、記憶された複数の特徴データのそれぞれについて、上記のステップS112~の処理をしてもよい。 Note that, for example, the web mail server 100 may perform the processing of the above-described steps S112 to for each of the plurality of stored feature data.
 図6は、メールMを示す図である。図6のメールMは、ユーザ12uが、社外2(図1)の複数のドメインのアドレスを、Cc欄に記入したメールであり(図略)、これによって、それらのドメインの、異なる2つの取引先会社へと、同じ1つの商品の見積もりを各々依頼するメールである。 FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the mail M. The mail M in FIG. 6 is a mail in which the user 12 u enters the addresses of a plurality of domains of the company 2 (FIG. 1) in the Cc column (not shown), and thereby two different transactions of those domains. It is an email for requesting a quote for the same one product to the destination company.
 上記に説明した社内システム1の詳細について、図6のメールMを例にとって述べられる。 The details of the in-house system 1 described above will be described using the mail M in FIG. 6 as an example.
 ステップS112において、判定処理部320は、このような図6のメールMのメールデータが取得された場合には、図3のルールコードR008の特徴データのルールに、そのメールデータのメールの送信が違反することを判定する(ステップS112:違反判定)。ここで、ルールコードR008の特徴データは、図3において、「社外へ複数」の記号により示されるように、複数のドメインのアドレスの宛先の送信先を特定する。このため、判定処理部320は、取得されたメールデータにより示される送信先が、ルールコードR008の特徴データにより特定される送信先であるため、そのメールデータでのメールの送信は、ルールコードR008の違反であることを判定する。 In step S112, when the mail data of the mail M in FIG. 6 is acquired, the determination processing unit 320 sends the mail of the mail data in the rule of the feature data of the rule code R008 in FIG. It is determined to violate (step S112: determination of violation). Here, the feature data of the rule code R 008 specifies the transmission destinations of the destinations of the addresses of a plurality of domains, as indicated by the “multiple to outside company” symbol in FIG. For this reason, since the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission destination indicated by the acquired e-mail data is the transmission destination specified by the feature data of the rule code R008, the e-mail transmission with the e-mail data is performed according to the rule code R008. Determine that it is a violation of
 そこで、ステップS113では、社内ルール表示制御部421は、ルールコードR008のURLを取得し、ステップS114では、社内ルール表示制御部421は、取得されたURLへのリンクをインタフェース201に表示させて、ルールコードR008のルールの文言を表示させる。 Therefore, in step S113, the in-house rule display control unit 421 acquires the URL of the rule code R008, and in step S114, the in-company rule display control unit 421 causes the interface 201 to display a link to the acquired URL. Display the wording of the rule of rule code R008.
 図7は、ルールへのリンクRLを表示する状態、及び、ルールの文言Rxを表示する状態のウェブブラウザ200を図7左及び図7右にそれぞれ示す図である。 FIG. 7 is a view showing the web browser 200 in a state in which a link RL to a rule is displayed and in a state in which a rule word Rx is displayed, on the left of FIG. 7 and the right of FIG.
 図7左のウェブブラウザ200は、社内ルール表示制御部421が、ステップS114において、ルールコードR008のURLへのリンクRLを表示させた状態のウェブブラウザ200である(ステップS114)。社内ルール表示制御部421は、例えば、違反が判定されたルール(ステップS112:違反判定)のURLのリンクRLを、図7左の状態に示されるように、ウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。 The web browser 200 on the left side of FIG. 7 is the web browser 200 in a state in which the internal rule display control unit 421 displays the link RL to the URL of the rule code R008 in step S114 (step S114). The in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web browser 200 to display the link RL of the URL of the rule for which a violation has been determined (step S112: violation determination), for example, as shown in the state on the left of FIG.
 図7右のウェブブラウザ200は、ウェブブラウザ200が、図7左の状態におけるリンクRLがクリックされた場合に表示させる、ルールの文言Rxを示す図である。ここで、表示されるルールの文言Rxは、違反が判定された上記のルールコードR008の文言である。 The web browser 200 on the right of FIG. 7 is a diagram showing a rule statement Rx that the web browser 200 causes the web browser 200 to display when the link RL in the state on the left of FIG. 7 is clicked. Here, the wording Rx of the displayed rule is the wording of the above-mentioned rule code R 008 for which the violation has been determined.
 これにより、ウェブメールサーバ100は、表示されるルールの文言Rxをユーザ12uに閲覧させる。これにより、そのルールが社内ルールRに含まれていることをユーザ12uに示し、メールM(図6)の送信が不適切であることを説明する、より説得的な根拠の情報が、ユーザ12uに示される。 Thus, the web mail server 100 causes the user 12 u to browse the displayed rule text Rx. This indicates to the user 12 u that the rule is included in the in-house rule R and explains that the transmission of the mail M (FIG. 6) is inappropriate. Indicated.
 (組織マスタDB313、送信先ドメインマスタDB312)
 図8は、組織マスタDB313(図2)の構成を示す図である。
(Organization master DB 313, transmission destination domain master DB 312)
FIG. 8 is a diagram showing the configuration of the organization master DB 313 (FIG. 2).
 図9は、送信先ドメインマスタDB312(図2)の構成を示す図である。 FIG. 9 is a diagram showing the configuration of the destination domain master DB 312 (FIG. 2).
 組織マスタDB313(図8)は、会社の部署ごとに、それぞれの部署を特定する組織コード(部署コード)と、その部署に所属する複数の社員の個人IDとを、対応付けて保持する。 The organization master DB 313 (FIG. 8) associates and holds, for each department of a company, an organization code (department code) for specifying each department and personal IDs of a plurality of employees who belong to the department.
 そして、判定処理部320は、メールデータに含まれる送信者特定データの個人IDと同じ個人IDに対して組織マスタDB313が対応付ける組織コードを、送信者の所属する部署の組織コードと特定し、これによって、その部署を、送信者の所属する部署と特定する。判定処理部320は、こうして特定された送信者の部署が、特徴データ(図3)の部署であるか否かを判定し、メールデータがその特徴データの特徴を有するか否かの判定を行う(図5のステップS112:違反判定)。 Then, the determination processing unit 320 specifies the organization code that the organization master DB 313 associates the same personal ID as the personal ID of the sender identification data included in the mail data with the organization code of the department to which the sender belongs, Identifies the department as the department to which the sender belongs. The determination processing unit 320 determines whether the section of the sender thus identified is the section of the feature data (FIG. 3) and determines whether the mail data has the feature of the feature data. (Step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination).
 送信先ドメインマスタDB312(図8、図9)は、ルール判定条件マスタDB311(図3)により保持される送信先特定データ(先述)ごとに、それぞれの送信先特定データと、その送信先特定データが特定する送信先のメールアドレスに含まれるドメイン名との対応関係を保持する。例えば、送信先ドメインマスタDB312は、図9に示されるように、送信先特定データと、その送信先特定データにより特定される送信者のドメイン名とを対応付けて保持する。なお、送信先ドメインマスタDB312は、送信先特定データと、その送信先特定データにより特定される送信者のドメイン名を特定する正規表現のデータとを対応付けて保持してもよい。 The transmission destination domain master DB 312 (FIG. 8, FIG. 9) is the transmission destination identification data and the transmission destination identification data for each of the transmission destination identification data (described above) held by the rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 3). Holds the correspondence with the domain name included in the e-mail address of the destination specified by. For example, as shown in FIG. 9, the transmission destination domain master DB 312 associates and holds transmission destination identification data and a sender's domain name identified by the transmission destination identification data. The transmission destination domain master DB 312 may associate and hold transmission destination identification data and data of a regular expression for identifying the domain name of the sender identified by the transmission destination identification data.
 そして、判定処理部320は、特徴データに含まれる送信先特定データに対して送信先ドメインマスタDB312が対応付けるドメイン名を有するメールアドレスの送信先を、その送信先特定データが特定する送信先と特定する。そして、判定処理部320は、メールデータに含まれる、メールの宛先が、こうして特定される特徴データが特定する送信先のメールアドレスであるか否かを判定して、違反のメールデータか否かの判定(図5のステップS112)を行う。 Then, the determination processing unit 320 specifies the transmission destination of the e-mail address having the domain name that the transmission destination domain master DB 312 associates with the transmission destination specification data included in the feature data, and the transmission destination specified by the transmission destination specification data. Do. Then, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the email address included in the email data is the email address of the transmission destination identified by the feature data identified in this way, and determines whether the email data is a violation email or not Determination (step S112 in FIG. 5).
 (判定処理部320)
 図10は、図5のステップS112における、判定処理部320による判定の処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。
(Determination processing unit 320)
FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing details of the process of determination by the determination processing unit 320 in step S112 of FIG.
 図5のステップS112における、判定処理部320による判定の処理の詳細について、図10を参照して述べる。 Details of the process of determination by the determination processing unit 320 in step S112 of FIG. 5 will be described with reference to FIG.
 ステップS21では、判定処理部320は、メールデータの本文に、特徴データの文字列が含まれるか否かを判定する。例えば、判定処理部320は、本文のうちにその文字列が含まれるか否かの検索を行うことにより、この判定を行う。 In step S21, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the text of the mail data includes the character string of the feature data. For example, the determination processing unit 320 performs this determination by searching whether or not the character string is included in the text.
 ステップS22では、判定処理部320は、ステップS21で文字列が含まれることが判定された場合に(ステップS21:含まれる)、送信者の部署が、特徴データの部署と同じ部署であるか否かを判定する。なお、先述のように、この判定においては、例えば、組織マスタDB313が用いられる。 In step S22, when it is determined that the character string is included in step S21 (step S21: included), the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the department of the transmitter is the same as the department of the feature data. Determine if As described above, in this determination, for example, the organization master DB 313 is used.
 ステップS23では、判定処理部320は、ステップS22で部署が同じであると判定された場合に(ステップS22:一致)、メールデータの送信先が、特徴データの送信先であるか否かを判定する。なお、先述のように、この判定においては、例えば、送信先ドメインマスタDB312(図9)が用いられる。 In step S23, when it is determined that the departments are the same in step S22 (step S22: match), the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the transmission destination of the mail data is the transmission destination of the feature data. Do. As described above, in this determination, for example, the destination domain master DB 312 (FIG. 9) is used.
 ステップS24では、判定処理部320は、ステップS23で、送信先が、特徴データの送信先であると特定された場合に(ステップS23:一致する)、メールデータの操作が、特徴データの操作に一致するか否かを判定する。この判定の詳細は、例えば、先述された通りである。 In step S24, when it is determined in step S23 that the transmission destination is the transmission destination of the feature data in step S23 (step S23: matches), the operation of the mail data is the operation of the feature data. It is determined whether or not they match. The details of this determination are, for example, as described above.
 ステップS25aでは、判定処理部320は、違反条件が成立しないとの判定がされた場合において(ステップS21:含まれない、S22:一致しない、S23:一致しない、S24:一致しない)、図5のステップS111で取得されたメールデータによるメールの送信が、その特徴データのルールに違反しないことを判定する(図5のステップS112:適合判定)。なお、この場合は、文字列が含まれないことが特定された場合か(ステップS21:含まれない)、部署が同じでないことが特定された場合か(ステップS22:一致しない)、送信先が、特徴データの送信先であると特定された場合か(ステップS23:一致しない)、又は、操作が一致しないことが特定された場合か(ステップS24:一致しない)、の何れかの場合である。 In step S25a, when it is determined that the violation condition is not satisfied (step S21: not included, S22: not matched, S23: not matched, S24: not matched) in FIG. It is determined that the transmission of the mail by the mail data acquired in step S111 does not violate the rule of the feature data (step S112 in FIG. 5: conformity determination). In this case, it is specified that no character string is included (step S21: not included), or that a group is not identical (step S22: not matched), or the transmission destination is This is either the case where the transmission destination of the feature data is specified (step S23: no match), or the case where the operation is not specified match (step S24: no match). .
 ステップS25bでは、判定処理部320は、違反条件が成立するとの判定がされた場合に(ステップS21:含まれる、S22:一致する、S23:一致する、S24:一致する)、図5のステップS111で取得されたメールデータによるメールの送信が、その特徴データのルールに違反することを判定する(図5のステップS112:違反判定)。この場合は、文字列が含まれることが判定され(ステップS21:含まれる)、かつ、部署が同じであることが判定され(ステップS22:一致)、かつ、送信先が特徴データの送信先であることが特定され(ステップS23:一致する)、かつ、操作が一致することが判定され(ステップS24:一致)た場合である。 In step S25b, when the determination processing unit 320 determines that the violation condition is satisfied (step S21: included, S22: match, S23: match, S24: match) in step S111 of FIG. It is determined that the transmission of the mail by the mail data acquired in the step violates the rule of the feature data (Step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination). In this case, it is determined that a character string is included (step S21: included), and it is determined that the departments are the same (step S22: match), and the transmission destination is the transmission destination of the feature data. This is a case where it is specified that there is a certain (step S23: match), and it is determined that the operation matches (step S24: match).
 (違反時処理部400)
 次に、図5のステップS11aにおける、違反時処理部400が行う違反時処理の詳細について述べる。
(Processing part 400 at the time of violation)
Next, the details of the violation process performed by the violation process unit 400 in step S11a of FIG. 5 will be described.
 事故事例情報DB412(図2)は、判定処理部320が判定をする特徴データのルールに違反した送信がされたことが原因となって生じた事故の事故事例を特定する事故事例情報を保持する。事故事例情報DB412は、より具体的には、複数のルールコードのうちのそれぞれに対応付けて、そのルールコードのルールに違反した事故事例情報を保持する。なお、事故事例情報は、ウェブブラウザ200により表示された場合に、ユーザ12uがその事故事例を認識できる情報であれば、種々の情報であってよく、例えば、画像が含まれてもよいし、文字が含まれてもよいし、音声が含まれてもよい。 The accident case information DB 412 (FIG. 2) holds accident case information that identifies an accident case of an accident that has occurred as a result of transmission that violates the rule of the feature data determined by the determination processing unit 320. . More specifically, the accident case information DB 412 holds accident case information that violates the rule of the rule code, in association with each of the plurality of rule codes. The accident case information may be various information as long as the user 12 u can recognize the accident case when it is displayed by the web browser 200. For example, an image may be included. Characters may be included or sounds may be included.
 事故事例表示制御部422(図2)は、違反が判定された場合に(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)、違反に係るルールの事故事例情報を事故事例情報DB412から取得し、取得された事故事例情報を、ウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。より具体的には、事故事例表示制御部422は、違反が判定された特徴データに対応するルールコードに対して事故事例情報DB412が対応付ける事故事例情報を、事故事例情報DB412から取得して、取得された事故事例情報を表示させる。 The accident case display control unit 422 (FIG. 2) determines the accident case information of the rule relating to the violation from the accident case information DB 412 when the violation is determined (step S112 of FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25b of FIG. 10). The acquired and acquired accident case information is displayed on the web browser 200. More specifically, the accident case display control unit 422 acquires, from the accident case information DB 412, accident case information that the accident case information DB 412 associates with the rule code corresponding to the feature data for which the violation has been determined. Display the accident case information that has been
 回避方法情報DB413(図2)は、ルールに違反せずに送信を行う方法、すなわち、そのルールによる違反を回避するための回避方法を特定する回避方法情報を保持する。より具体的には、回避方法は、違反であるとの判定がされたメールの送信により達成せんとした目的を、判定されたルールに違反しない形でのメールの送信等のデータ送信により達成する方法である。なお、回避方法の具体例は、後で詳しく述べられる。例えば、回避方法は、具体的には、暗号化したメールを送信する方法、および、添付ファイルをメール以外の手段によって受け渡す方法が含まれる。回避方法情報DB413は、複数のルールコードのそれぞれに対応付けて、そのルールコードのルールの回避方法情報を保持する。なお、回避方法情報は、ウェブブラウザ200により表示された場合に、ユーザ12uがその回避方法を認識し、認識した回避方法を利用できる情報であれば、種々の情報であってもよく、たとえば、その方法を利用するためのURLが含まれてもよい。そのURLは、その方法を利用するためのアプリケーションソフトウェアを起動するURLであってもよい。 The avoidance method information DB 413 (FIG. 2) holds the method of transmission without violating the rule, that is, the avoidance method information specifying the evasion method for avoiding the violation by the rule. More specifically, the evasion method achieves the intended purpose not to be achieved by the transmission of the mail determined to be a violation, by transmitting data such as the transmission of the mail in a manner not to violate the determined rules. It is a method. A concrete example of the avoidance method will be described in detail later. For example, the avoidance method specifically includes a method of transmitting an encrypted e-mail, and a method of delivering an attached file by means other than e-mail. The avoidance method information DB 413 holds the avoidance method information of the rule of the rule code in association with each of the plurality of rule codes. The avoidance method information may be various information as long as it is information that allows the user 12 u to recognize the avoidance method when it is displayed by the web browser 200 and can use the recognized avoidance method. A URL for using the method may be included. The URL may be a URL for launching application software for using the method.
 回避方法表示制御部423(図2)は、違反が判定された場合に(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)、違反が判定されたルールコードに対応付けられた回避方法情報を回避方法情報DB413から取得し、取得された回避方法情報を、ウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。 The avoidance method display control unit 423 (FIG. 2), when the violation is determined (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10), the avoidance method associated with the rule code for which the violation is determined. Information is acquired from the avoidance method information DB 413, and the acquired avoidance method information is displayed on the web browser 200.
 図11は、図5のステップS11aにおける、違反時処理部400が行う違反時処理の具体例を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing a specific example of the violation process performed by the violation process unit 400 in step S11a of FIG.
 図12は、ルールの文言Rxを表示する状態のウェブブラウザ200(左)と、事故事例情報Exを表示する状態のウェブブラウザ200(中央)と、回避方法情報Axを表示する状態のウェブブラウザ200(右)とを示す図である。 FIG. 12 shows the web browser 200 (left) displaying the rule wording Rx, the web browser 200 (center) displaying the accident case information Ex, and the web browser 200 displaying the avoidance method information Ax. It is a figure which shows (right).
 ステップS31(図11)では、社内ルール表示制御部421(図2)が、ルール特定情報DB411から、違反の判定(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)がされたルールのURLを取得する。 In step S31 (FIG. 11), the in-house rule display control unit 421 (FIG. 2) determines from the rule identification information DB 411 the violation determination (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10). Get URL
 ステップS32では、社内ルール表示制御部421が、ステップS31で取得されたURLを用いて、ルールサーバ装置15が保持する、そのルールの文言をウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。なお、具体的には、社内ルール表示制御部421は、ルールサーバ装置15からそのルールの文言を取得して、取得したルールの文言をウェブブラウザ200に送信して、送信したルールの文言を表示させてもよい。また、例えば、社内ルール表示制御部421は、ウェブブラウザ200に表示されるページの一部に含まれるフレームの内部にウェブブラウザ200が表示させるページのURLとして、そのURLをウェブブラウザ200に送信してもよい。そして、社内ルール表示制御部421は、この送信により、そのルールの文言をウェブブラウザ200における、そのフレームの内部に表示させてもよい。 In step S32, the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web browser 200 to display the wording of the rule held by the rule server device 15, using the URL acquired in step S31. Specifically, the internal rule display control unit 421 acquires the wording of the rule from the rule server device 15, transmits the acquired wording of the acquired rule to the web browser 200, and displays the transmitted wording of the rule You may Also, for example, the internal rule display control unit 421 transmits the URL to the web browser 200 as the URL of the page to be displayed by the web browser 200 inside the frame included in a part of the page displayed on the web browser 200. May be Then, the in-house rule display control unit 421 may display the wording of the rule in the frame in the web browser 200 by this transmission.
 図12左のウェブブラウザ200は、ステップS32で社内ルール表示制御部421がルールの文言Rxを表示させた状態を有するウェブブラウザ200である。 The web browser 200 on the left side of FIG. 12 is the web browser 200 having a state in which the in-house rule display control unit 421 displays the rule word Rx in step S32.
 なお、例えば、社内ルール表示制御部421は、予め定められた設定が、例えばユーザ12uなどによってウェブメールサーバ100にされた場合には、図7のようにリンク(リンクRL)を表示させるのではなく、図12左の状態のウェブブラウザ200により示されるように、文言を直接表示させる。 Note that, for example, if the predetermined setting is made to the web mail server 100 by, for example, the user 12 u, the internal rule display control unit 421 displays the link (link RL) as shown in FIG. 7. Instead, as shown by the web browser 200 in the state shown in the left side of FIG.
 ステップS33(図11)では、事故事例表示制御部422が、事故事例情報DB412から、違反が判定されたルールの事故事例情報を取得する。 In step S33 (FIG. 11), the accident case display control unit 422 acquires, from the accident case information DB 412, the accident case information of the rule in which the violation is determined.
 ステップS34では、事故事例表示制御部422が、ステップS33で取得された事故事例情報をインタフェース201に表示させる。 In step S34, the accident case display control unit 422 causes the interface 201 to display the accident case information acquired in step S33.
 図12中央のウェブブラウザ200は、ステップS33で事故事例表示制御部422が、事故事例情報Exを表示させた状態を有するウェブブラウザ200である。 The web browser 200 in the center of FIG. 12 is the web browser 200 having a state in which the accident case display control unit 422 displays the accident case information Ex in step S33.
 図12の、表示された事故事例情報Exにより示されるように、事故事例情報は、その送信が不適切であることを説明する根拠であり、また、そのルールが妥当であることを具体的に説明する根拠であり、趣旨である情報である。 As shown by the displayed accident case information Ex in FIG. 12, the accident case information is a basis for explaining that the transmission is inappropriate, and specifically, that the rule is valid. It is the basis to explain and information that is the purpose.
 なお、事故事例表示制御部422は、上述したステップS32において、例えば「事故事例を見る」などの文字が記載されたボタン(図12左の状態のウェブブラウザ200を参照)などの、事故事例情報を表示させるためのインタフェースを、社内ルール表示制御部421がルールを表示させたページのなかに表示させてもよい。そして、事故事例表示制御部422は、このボタンがクリックされるなどして、このインタフェースを通じて、事故事例情報を表示される指示をユーザ12uがウェブメールサーバ100に入力した場合に、ステップS34における事故事例情報の表示を行ってもよい。そして、事故事例表示制御部422は、図12における、左側の破線の矢印により示されるように、具体的には、表示されるページを、そのページから、別のページに変更させて、変更されたページのなかに、事故事例情報を表示させてもよい。 In the accident case display control unit 422, accident case information such as a button (refer to the web browser 200 in the left state of FIG. 12) or the like in which characters such as "watch accident case" are described in step S32 described above, for example. The interface for displaying may be displayed in the page on which the in-house rule display control unit 421 displays the rule. Then, when the user 12 u inputs an instruction to display accident case information to the web mail server 100 through the interface by clicking the button or the like, the accident case display control unit 422 causes an accident in step S 34. Case information may be displayed. Then, as shown by the broken arrow on the left side in FIG. 12, the accident case display control unit 422 specifically changes the page to be displayed from the page to another page. The accident case information may be displayed on the page.
 ステップS35では、回避方法表示制御部423が、回避方法情報DB413から、そのルールの回避方法情報を取得する。 In step S35, the avoidance method display control unit 423 acquires the avoidance method information of the rule from the avoidance method information DB 413.
 ステップS36では、回避方法表示制御部423が、ステップS35で取得された回避方法情報をウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。 In step S36, the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the web browser 200 to display the avoidance method information acquired in step S35.
 図12右のウェブブラウザ200は、ステップS36で回避方法表示制御部423が回避方法情報Axを表示させた状態を有するウェブブラウザ200である。 The web browser 200 on the right of FIG. 12 is the web browser 200 in a state in which the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays the avoidance method information Ax in step S36.
 なお、この回避方法情報の表示も、上述した事故事例情報の表示と同様の態様で行われてもよい。すなわち、回避方法表示制御部423は、上述したステップS34において、例えば「次へ」などの文字が記載されたボタン(図12中央参照)などの、回避方法情報を表示させるためのインタフェースをページのなかに表示させてもよい。そして、回避方法表示制御部423は、このボタンがクリックされるなどして、このインタフェースを通じて、回避方法情報を表示させる指示をユーザ12uが入力した場合に、ステップS36における回避方法情報の表示を行ってもよい。そして、回避方法表示制御部423は、図12における、右側の破線の矢印により示されるように、具体的には、表示されるページを、そのページから、別のページに変更させて、変更されたページのなかに、事故事例情報を表示させてもよい。 The display of the avoidance method information may be performed in the same manner as the display of the accident case information described above. That is, in step S34 described above, the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays an interface for displaying the avoidance method information, such as a button (refer to the center in FIG. 12) in which characters such as "next" are described. It may be displayed in some way. Then, the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays the avoidance method information in step S36 when the user 12 u inputs an instruction to display the avoidance method information through the interface by, for example, the button being clicked. May be Then, as shown by the broken arrow on the right side in FIG. 12, the avoidance method display control unit 423 specifically changes the page to be displayed from the page to another page. The accident case information may be displayed on the page.
 なお、この例では、社内ルール表示制御部421がルールの文言を表示させた後に、事故事例表示制御部422が事故事例情報を表示させ、その表示の後に、回避方法表示制御部423が回避方法情報を表示させる(図12参照)。他の例としては、社内ルール表示制御部421がルールの文言を表示させた後に、回避方法表示制御部423が回避方法情報を表示させ、その表示の後に、事故事例表示制御部422が事故事例情報を表示させてもよい。また、回避方法表示制御部423が回避方法情報を表示させた後に、社内ルール表示制御部421がルールの文言を表示させ、その表示の後に、事故事例表示制御部422が事故事例情報を表示させてもよい。また、回避方法表示制御部423が回避方法情報を表示させた後に、事故事例表示制御部422が事故事例情報を表示させ、その表示の後に、社内ルール表示制御部421がルールの文言を表示させてもよい。また、事故事例表示制御部422が事故事例情報を表示させた後に、回避方法表示制御部423が回避方法情報を表示させ、その表示の後に、社内ルール表示制御部421がルールの文言を表示させてもよい。また、事故事例表示制御部422が事故事例情報を表示させた後に、社内ルール表示制御部421がルールの文言を表示させ、その表示の後に、回避方法表示制御部423が回避方法情報を表示させてもよい。これらの表示の順序のそれぞれにより、その順序に対応する効果を生じる、情報の表示ができる。 In this example, the accident case display control unit 422 causes the accident case display control unit 422 to display the accident case information after the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the rule wording to be displayed, and the avoidance method display control unit 423 performs the avoidance method after the display. Display the information (see FIG. 12). As another example, after the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the rule wording to be displayed, the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the avoidance method information to be displayed, and after the indication, the accident case display control unit 422 causes an accident case. Information may be displayed. Further, after the avoidance method display control portion 423 displays the avoidance method information, the in-house rule display control portion 421 causes the wording of the rule to be displayed, and after the display, the accident case display control portion 422 causes the accident case information to be displayed. May be In addition, after the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays the avoidance method information, the accident case display control unit 422 causes the accident case information to be displayed, and after the display, the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the rule wording to be displayed. May be Further, after the accident case display control unit 422 causes the accident case information to be displayed, the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the avoidance method information to be displayed, and after the display, the company rule display control unit 421 causes the wording of the rule to be displayed. May be In addition, after the accident case display control unit 422 causes the accident case information to be displayed, the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the wording of the rule to be displayed, and the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the avoidance method information to be displayed after the display. May be Each of these display orders allows for the display of information that produces an effect corresponding to that order.
 (社内ルール)
 図13は、秘密情報に関するルールに違反するメールMを表示する状態(左)と、メールMが違反するルールへのリンクRLを表示する状態(右)との各状態のウェブブラウザ200を図13左及び図13右にそれぞれ示す図である。
(Internal rules)
FIG. 13 shows the web browser 200 in each state of displaying the mail M violating the rule regarding the secret information (left) and displaying the link RL to the rule violating the mail M (right). It is a figure shown on the left and FIG. 13 right, respectively.
 図13左のメールMは、図3に示される、ルールコードR004のルールの特徴データに含まれる文字列データの文字列「秘」を含む。つまり、メールMの送信は、ルールコードR004のルールに違反する送信である。 The mail M on the left side of FIG. 13 includes the character string “secret” of the character string data included in the feature data of the rule of the rule code R 004 shown in FIG. That is, transmission of the mail M is transmission that violates the rule of the rule code R004.
 判定処理部320は、このような、図13左のメールMのメールデータが取得されると(図5のステップS111)、ルールコードR004の社内ルールに違反することを判定する(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)。このため、社内ルール表示制御部421は、ルールコードR004のルールのURLへのリンクを、図13右のリンクRLとして、ウェブメールのインタフェース201に表示させる(図5のステップS114、図11のステップS32)。 When the mail data of the mail M on the left side of FIG. 13 is acquired (step S111 of FIG. 5), the determination processing unit 320 determines that the internal rule of the rule code R004 is violated (step of FIG. 5). S112: violation determination, step S25b of FIG. Therefore, the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web mail interface 201 to display the link to the URL of the rule of the rule code R004 as the link RL on the right of FIG. 13 (step S114 in FIG. 5 and step in FIG. 11). S32).
 なお、先述された、ルールの文言へのリンクを表示させるか、又は、直接ルールの文言を表示させるかの設定(図11のステップS32の説明を参照)については、以下、何れの設定がされているときの処理の説明かが明らかな場合などには、詳しい説明が適宜省略される。 As for the setting to display the link to the rule wording described above or to directly display the rule wording (see the description of step S32 in FIG. 11), any setting is made hereinafter. In the case where it is clear that the description of the process at the time of reading is obvious, the detailed description is appropriately omitted.
 なお、社内システム1は、かかる設定がされることはなく、リンクを表示させる処理のみを行う構成であってもよいし、ルールの文言を直接表示させる処理のみを行う構成を採ってもよい。 The in-house system 1 may be configured to perform only the process of displaying the link without performing such setting, or may employ the configuration of performing only the process of directly displaying the wording of the rule.
 図14は、誹謗中傷に関するルールに違反するメールMを表示する状態(左)と、そのルールへのリンクRLを表示する状態(右)との2つの状態のウェブブラウザ200を左右に各々示す図である。 FIG. 14 shows the web browser 200 in two states: a state (left) in which the mail M violating the rules regarding the slander is displayed (left) and a state (right) in which the link RL to the rule is displayed. It is.
 図14左のメールMは、図3に示される、ルールコードR006のルールの特徴データに含まれる文字列データの文字列「バカ」と同じ文字列を含む。 The mail M on the left side of FIG. 14 includes the same character string as the character string “idiot” of the character string data included in the feature data of the rule of the rule code R006 shown in FIG.
 判定処理部320は、このような、図14左のメールMのメールデータが取得されると(図5のステップS111)、ルールコードR006の社内ルールに違反することを判定する(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)。このため、社内ルール表示制御部421は、ルールコードR006の社内ルールのURLへのリンクを、図14右のリンクRLとして、ウェブメールのインタフェース201に表示させる(図5のステップS114、図11のステップS32)。 When the mail data of the mail M on the left side of FIG. 14 is acquired (step S111 of FIG. 5), the determination processing unit 320 determines that the internal rule of the rule code R006 is violated (step of FIG. 5). S112: violation determination, step S25b of FIG. Therefore, the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web mail interface 201 to display the link to the URL of the in-company rule of the rule code R006 as the link RL on the right of FIG. 14 (step S114 in FIG. 5, FIG. Step S32).
 図15は、送信先に関する社内ルールに違反したメールMを表示する状態(左)と、そのルールへのリンクRLを表示する状態(右)との2つの状態のウェブブラウザ200を左右に各々示す図である。 FIG. 15 shows the web browser 200 in two states, the state (left) displaying the mail M violating the in-company rule regarding the transmission destination and the state (right) displaying the link RL to the rule. FIG.
 図15左のメールMは、個人ID「1000000」のユーザが送信者であるメールである。そして、この個人ID「1000000」は、図3に示される、ルールコードR003の社内ルールの特徴データの部署ID H001に対して、組織マスタDB313(図8)が対応付ける個人IDであり、この特徴データのルールの送信者の個人IDである。 E-mail M on the left side of FIG. 15 is an e-mail in which the user with the personal ID “1000000” is a sender. The personal ID “1000000” is a personal ID that the organization master DB 313 (FIG. 8) associates with the department ID H001 of the feature data of the in-house rule of the rule code R003 shown in FIG. The sender's personal ID of the rule.
 また、図15左のメールMは、宛先のメールアドレスのドメインがdomainA.xxである。そして、このドメインdomainA.xxは、上述したルールコードR003の特徴データの送信先D02に対して送信先ドメインマスタDB312(図9)が対応付けるドメインであり、その特徴データのドメインである。 Also, in the mail M on the left side of FIG. 15, the domain of the destination mail address is domainA.xx. The domain domainA.xx is a domain that the destination domain master DB 312 (FIG. 9) associates with the destination D02 of the feature data of the rule code R003 described above, and is the domain of the feature data.
 判定処理部320は、このような、図15左のメールMのメールデータが取得されると(図5のステップS111)、ルールコードR003のルールに違反することを判定する(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)。そこで、社内ルール表示制御部421は、ルールコードR003のルールのURLへのリンクを、図15右のリンクRLとして、ウェブブラウザ200に表示させる(図5のステップS114、図11のステップS32)。 When the mail data of the mail M on the left side of FIG. 15 is acquired (step S111 of FIG. 5), the determination processing unit 320 determines that the rule of the rule code R003 is violated (step S112 of FIG. 5). : Violation determination, step S25 b of FIG. Therefore, the in-house rule display control unit 421 causes the web browser 200 to display the link to the URL of the rule of the rule code R003 as the link RL on the right of FIG. 15 (step S114 in FIG. 5 and step S32 in FIG. 11).
 社内システム1は、より詳細には、以上のようにして、違反の判定の表示、違反の判定がされたルールの文言へのリンクの表示、及び、ルールの文言の表示の処理をそれぞれ行う。 More specifically, as described above, the in-house system 1 performs the display of the determination of the violation, the display of the link to the word of the rule for which the determination of the violation has been made, and the display of the word of the rule.
 (第2の違反時処理)
 社内システム1の処理について、さらに詳しく説明する。
(Processing on the second violation)
The process of the in-house system 1 will be described in more detail.
 図16は、図5のステップS11aにおいて違反時処理部400が行う違反時処理の具体例を示すフローチャートである。図5のステップS11aでは、例えば、より詳細には、上記の処理に加えて、この図16の処理が行われる。 FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing a specific example of the violation process performed by the violation process unit 400 in step S11a of FIG. In step S11a of FIG. 5, for example, the process of FIG. 16 is performed in addition to the above process.
 ルール判定条件マスタDB311(図3)は、それぞれのルールコードに対応付けられた、そのルールコードのルールの種類を特定する種類特定データを保持する。特定される種類は、禁止、注意、警告を含む。 The rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 3) holds type specification data that specifies the type of the rule of the rule code, which is associated with each rule code. Types identified include: bans, cautions, warnings.
 ステップS41では、違反時処理部400は、違反が判定された場合に(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)、違反の判定がされたルールコードに対応付けられた種類特定データにより特定される種類が禁止であるか否かを判定する。 In step S41, when a violation is determined (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10), the violation processing unit 400 identifies the type associated with the rule code for which the violation is determined. It is determined whether the type specified by the data is prohibited.
 ステップS42では、違反時処理部400は、ステップS41で、種類が禁止ではないことが判定された場合に(ステップS41:注意・警告)、リンク又は社内ルールを表示させるか否かを決定する。例えば、違反時処理部400は、ルール判定条件マスタDB311がそのルールコードに対応付ける予め定められたフラグがオンの場合に、表示させることを決定し(ステップS42:表示する)、オフの場合には、表示させないことを決定する(ステップS42:表示しない)。なお、このフラグの詳細な構成は、例えば、公知の技術知識による構成であってもよい。 In step S42, when it is determined in step S41 that the type is not prohibited (step S41: caution / warning), the violation processing unit 400 determines whether to display a link or an in-house rule. For example, the violation process unit 400 determines that the rule determination condition master DB 311 is to be displayed when the predetermined flag associated with the rule code is on (step S42: display), and is off. , It is decided not to display (step S42: not displayed). The detailed configuration of the flag may be, for example, a configuration based on known technical knowledge.
 ステップS43では、違反時処理部400は、ステップS41で、種類が禁止であることが判定された場合に(ステップS41:禁止)、リンク又は社内ルールを表示させるか否かを決定する。例えば、違反時処理部400は、この場合にも、上述したフラグにより、決定を行う。 In step S43, when it is determined in step S41 that the type is prohibited (step S41: prohibited), the in-violation processing unit 400 determines whether to display a link or an in-house rule. For example, also in this case, the violation process unit 400 makes a determination based on the above-described flag.
 ステップS421では、違反時処理部400は、ステップS42で、表示させることが決定された場合に(ステップS42:表示する)、違反の判定がされたルールコードに対応付けられた種類特定データの種類を表示させる。ステップS421で、違反時処理部400は、例えば、図7左のウェブブラウザ200に示される「警告メッセージ」の文字などを表示させる。すなわち、ステップS421で、違反時処理部400は、リンク又はルールの文言が表示されるページのタイトルのうちに、種類を表示させる文字を表示させる。なお、種類が注意の場合に表示される文字は、例えば、図14右のウェブブラウザ200における「注意」の文字であってもよい。 In step S421, when it is determined to be displayed in step S42 (step S42: display), the violation processing unit 400 determines the type of type identification data associated with the rule code for which the violation has been determined. Is displayed. In step S421, the violation processing unit 400 displays, for example, characters of “warning message” shown on the web browser 200 on the left side of FIG. That is, in step S421, the time of violation processing unit 400 causes the character for displaying the type to be displayed in the title of the page on which the link or the wording of the rule is displayed. Note that the character displayed when the type is a warning may be, for example, the character of "attention" in the web browser 200 on the right of FIG.
 ルール特定情報DB411(図4)は、それぞれのルールコードのルールコードに対応付けられたメッセージを保持する(図4の第2列)。 The rule identification information DB 411 (FIG. 4) holds the message associated with the rule code of each rule code (second column in FIG. 4).
 そして、ステップS421で、違反時処理部400は、違反がされたルールコードに対応付けられたメッセージをインタフェース201に表示させる。違反時処理部400は、具体的には、例えば、違反がされたルールコードが図4に示されるR099の場合に、保持されるメッセージを表示させることで、図7に示される、「警告! To,Ccに、社外の複数のドメインがあります。…」のメッセージを表示させる。 Then, in step S421, the violation process unit 400 causes the interface 201 to display a message associated with the violated rule code. Specifically, for example, when the violating rule code is R099 shown in FIG. 4, the in-violation processing unit 400 displays a message to be held to display “Warning! "To, Cc, there are multiple domains outside the company ..." to display the message.
 なお、図7等では図示を省略したが、違反時処理部400は、ステップS421で、インタフェース201に、OKボタン、および、キャンセルボタンを表示させてもよい。表示されるOKボタンは、クリックされると、ウェブメールサーバ100が、取得されたメールデータのメールを送信するボタンである。また、キャンセルボタンは、クリックされると、ウェブメールサーバ100が、送信をキャンセルするボタンである。 Although not illustrated in FIG. 7 and the like, the violation processing unit 400 may cause the interface 201 to display an OK button and a cancel button in step S421. The displayed OK button is a button for the web mail server 100 to transmit a mail of the acquired mail data when it is clicked. The cancel button is a button for the web mail server 100 to cancel transmission when clicked.
 ステップS422では、ステップS42で、表示させないことが決定された場合に(ステップS42:表示しない)、違反時処理部400が、上記した、リンク(又はルールの文言)の表示はさせず、単に、違反の種類の表示と、保持されるメッセージの表示と、送信ボタン及びキャンセルボタンの2つのボタンの表示とのみを行う(図略)。 In step S422, when it is determined not to display (step S42: not displayed) in step S42, the violation processing unit 400 does not display the link (or the word of the rule) as described above, but simply does not display it. Only the display of the type of violation, the display of the held message, and the display of the two buttons of the send button and the cancel button are performed (not shown).
 ステップS423では、ウェブメールサーバ100(違反時処理部400)は、ステップS421、又は、ステップS422において表示されたOKボタンがクリックされた場合において、取得されたメールデータのメールを送信する。 In step S423, the web mail server 100 (violation processing unit 400) transmits the mail of the acquired mail data when the OK button displayed in step S421 or step S422 is clicked.
 ステップS431では、違反時処理部400は、ステップS43で、表示させることが決定された場合に(ステップS43:表示する)、違反の種類を表示させ、すなわち、禁止を示す文字等の表示物を表示させる。また、ステップS431で、違反時処理部400は、メッセージ、および、リンク(又はルールの文言)を各々表示させる。 In step S431, when it is determined in step S43 that the violation processing unit 400 is to display (step S43: display), the type of violation is displayed, that is, the display object such as a character indicating prohibition is displayed. Display. In addition, in step S431, the violation process unit 400 causes the message and the link (or the wording of the rule) to be displayed.
 そして、ステップS431で、違反時処理部400は、キャンセルボタンは表示させず、OKボタンのみを表示させる。なお、表示されるOKボタンは、単なる、送信が違反であることを確認した場合にユーザ12uがクリックするボタンであり、送信を実行させるボタンではない。違反時処理部400は、ステップS431で、こうして、送信がされるOKボタンは表示させず、送信がされないようにすることにより、送信を中止させる(ステップS433)。 Then, in step S431, the in-violation processing unit 400 does not display the cancel button but displays only the OK button. The displayed OK button is merely a button that the user 12 u clicks when it is confirmed that transmission is a violation, and is not a button for executing transmission. The violation processing unit 400 cancels the transmission by preventing the transmission of the OK button not to be displayed in step S 431 (step S 433).
 ステップS432では、違反時処理部400は、ステップS43で、表示させないことが決定された場合に(ステップS43:表示しない)、違反の種類、メッセージ、およびOKボタンを各々表示させる。違反時処理部400は、ステップS432でも、送信をさせないようにし、送信を中止させる(ステップS433)。 In step S432, the violation process unit 400 causes the type of violation, the message, and the OK button to be displayed when it is determined in step S43 not to display (step S43: not displayed). The processing at the time of violation 400 prevents the transmission even in step S432 and cancels the transmission (step S433).
 ステップS433では、違反時処理部400が、送信を中止するための処理を行い、すなわち、送信のための準備をしたデータや、確保したメモリ領域、生成したオブジェクトなどの準備物を破棄する。なお、違反時処理部400は、ステップS433で、送信が中止されたメールの編集を開始する状態を有する、メールを編集するためのインタフェースを、ウェブブラウザ200に表示させて、送信が中止されたメールの編集を開始(再開)させてもよい。 In step S 433, the violation process unit 400 performs a process for canceling transmission, that is, discards prepared data such as prepared data for transmission, secured memory area, and generated object. In step S433, the violation processing unit 400 causes the web browser 200 to display an interface for editing the mail having a state of starting editing the mail whose transmission has been canceled, and the transmission is canceled. You may start (resume) editing of the mail.
 (判定ログ管理部500)
 判定ログ管理部500は、図2に示されるよう、判定ログDB501と、判定ログ表示制御部502とを備える。
(Determination log management unit 500)
As shown in FIG. 2, the determination log management unit 500 includes a determination log DB 501 and a determination log display control unit 502.
 図17は、判定ログDB501の構成を示す図である。 FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the configuration of the determination log DB 501.
 判定ログDB501は、判定ログデータを生成し、その生成の以後、生成した判定ログデータを保持する。この生成は、判定処理部320(図17、図2)により送信が違反と判定される毎に(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)、それぞれ、行われる。生成される判定ログデータは、その生成に対応する違反の判定がされた時刻と、その判定がされたメールの送信者の送信者特定データ(個人ID)と、その判定のルールの種類特定データと、そのルールのルールコードとを有する。 The determination log DB 501 generates determination log data, and holds the generated determination log data after the generation. This generation is performed each time transmission is determined to be a violation by the determination processing unit 320 (FIG. 17, FIG. 2) (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10). The judgment log data to be generated includes the time when the judgment of the violation corresponding to the generation was made, the sender identification data (personal ID) of the sender of the mail for which the determination was made, and the type identification data of the determination rule And the rule code of that rule.
 図18は、図11のステップS3aにおいて回避方法表示制御部423(図17、図2)により行われる処理(図12右の状態のウェブブラウザ200を参照)の具体例を示すフローチャートである。なお、先述の通り、図11の処理は、図5におけるステップS11aでの処理である。よって、図18の処理は、図5のステップS11aでの処理である。 FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing a specific example of the process (refer to the web browser 200 in the state on the right of FIG. 12) performed by the avoidance method display control unit 423 (FIG. 17, FIG. 2) in step S3a of FIG. As described above, the process of FIG. 11 is the process of step S11a in FIG. Therefore, the process of FIG. 18 is the process of step S11a of FIG.
 ステップS51では、回避方法表示制御部423は、判定ログDB501に保持された複数の判定ログデータのうちに、次のような判定ログデータが含まれるか否かを判定する。つまり、ステップS51で、回避方法表示制御部423は、図18の処理を含む図5のステップS11aの直前におけるステップS112で違反が判定されたメールデータの送信者の個人ID、および、その判定がされたルールコードの判定ログデータが含まれるか否かを判定する。 In step S51, the avoidance method display control unit 423 determines whether or not the following determination log data is included in the plurality of determination log data held in the determination log DB 501. That is, in step S51, the avoidance method display control unit 423 determines the personal ID of the sender of the mail data for which the violation has been determined in step S112 immediately before step S11a of FIG. 5 including the process of FIG. It is determined whether or not the determination log data of the rule code thus included is included.
 つまり、ステップS51で、回避方法表示制御部423は、同じ送信者に関して、同じルールについての違反の判定が過去に行われたことを示す判定ログデータが保持されるか否かを判定する。 That is, in step S51, the avoidance method display control unit 423 determines whether or not determination log data indicating that determination of a violation regarding the same rule has been performed in the past is held for the same sender.
 ステップS52では、回避方法表示制御部423は、同じ送信者および同じルールについての違反の判定が過去にされていないとの判定がされた場合に(ステップS51:Yes)、回避方法情報を取得する(図11のステップS35)。 In step S52, the avoidance method display control unit 423 obtains the avoidance method information when it is determined that the determination of the violation for the same sender and the same rule has not been made in the past (step S51: Yes). (Step S35 in FIG. 11).
 ステップS53では、回避方法表示制御部423が、ステップS52で取得された回避方法の情報を表示させる(図11のステップS36)。 In step S53, the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays the information of the avoidance method acquired in step S52 (step S36 in FIG. 11).
 他方で、同じ送信者および同じルールについての違反の判定が過去にされたとの判定がされた場合には(ステップS51:No)、回避方法表示制御部423は、ステップS52およびステップS53(図11のステップS35およびステップS36)の処理をせず、回避方法情報を表示させない。なお、過去における、1回目の違反時のステップS51では、過去に同じ違反がされていないとの判定がされ(ステップS51:Yes)、回避方法情報が表示される(ステップS52、S53)。 On the other hand, when it is determined that the determination of a violation regarding the same sender and the same rule has been made in the past (step S51: No), the avoidance method display control unit 423 performs step S52 and step S53 (FIG. 11 (FIG. 11). The process of step S35 and step S36) is not performed, and the avoidance method information is not displayed. In step S51 at the time of the first violation in the past, it is determined that the same violation has not been made in the past (step S51: Yes), and the avoidance method information is displayed (steps S52 and S53).
 例えば、ステップS53で、回避方法表示制御部423は、図12中央の状態のウェブブラウザ200における、図示される「次へ」のボタンを表示させないようにし、図12右の状態のページを表示させないようにする。そして、ステップS53で、回避方法表示制御部423は、右の状態の「このまま送信」のボタン及び「再編集」のボタンを、図12中央の状態のページに表示させる。 For example, in step S53, the avoidance method display control unit 423 is configured not to display the “next” button illustrated in the web browser 200 in the center state of FIG. 12, and does not display the page in the state of FIG. Let's do it. Then, in step S53, the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the “send as is” button and the “reedit” button in the right state to be displayed on the page in the center state of FIG.
 なお、ステップS51:No(図18)で、回避方法をユーザ12uが忘れている場合もある。そこで、例えば、回避方法表示制御部423等が、再表示要不要ボタンを表示させて、再表示の希望の要否をユーザ12uに、表示された再表示要不要ボタンの操作によって入力させてもよい。そして、回避方法表示制御部423等は、再表示を希望する操作が入力される場合は、回避方法を表示し、入力されない場合は、回避方法の表示をしなくてもよい。 In addition, there is also a case where the user 12 u has forgotten the avoidance method in step S 51: No (FIG. 18). Therefore, for example, even if the avoidance method display control unit 423 or the like causes the redisplay necessity button to be displayed, and the user 12 u makes the user 12 u input the necessity of the redisplay necessity by operating the displayed redisplay necessity button. Good. Then, the avoidance method display control unit 423 or the like may display the avoidance method when the operation desired to be redisplayed is input, and may not display the avoidance method when the operation is not input.
 また、判定ログDB501(図17)は、次のように用いられてもよい。 Also, the determination log DB 501 (FIG. 17) may be used as follows.
 判定ログ表示制御部502(図17、図1)は、保持された各判定ログデータの情報をウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。 The determination log display control unit 502 (FIG. 17 and FIG. 1) causes the web browser 200 to display the information of each held determination log data.
 図19は、第1の違反履歴表示Kvを表示する状態のウェブブラウザ200を示す図である。 FIG. 19 is a view showing the web browser 200 in a state of displaying the first violation history display Kv.
 第1の違反履歴表示Kvは、図7左のウェブブラウザ200の状態のページと同様の、社内ルール表示制御部421がリンクを表示させるページのなかに、判定ログ表示制御部502が表示させたインタフェース(表示物)である。第1の違反履歴表示Kvは、違反の種類ごとに、判定ログDB501により保持される、その種類の判定ログデータの個数を示し、つまり、それぞれの種類の、過去のその種類の違反の判定の回数を示す。 The first violation history display Kv is displayed by the determination log display control unit 502 in a page in which the in-company rule display control unit 421 displays a link similar to the page in the state of the web browser 200 on the left in FIG. It is an interface (display object). The first violation history display Kv indicates, for each type of violation, the number of judgment log data of that type held by the judgment log DB 501, that is, for each type of judgment of a violation of that type in the past Indicates the number of times.
 そして、判定ログ表示制御部502は、このような第1の違反履歴表示Kvを表示させて、それぞれの種類の違反の判定の回数を表示させる。 Then, the determination log display control unit 502 displays such a first violation history display Kv, and displays the number of determinations of each type of violation.
 図20は、第2の違反履歴表示Kvを表示する状態のウェブブラウザ200を示す図である。 FIG. 20 is a diagram showing the web browser 200 in a state of displaying the second violation history display Kv.
 図20左のウェブブラウザ200は、ウェブメールのメイン画面201m(メインのページ)を表示する状態を有するウェブブラウザ200である。メイン画面201mは、メールの受信箱(メールボックス)のアイコン、送信済みのメールを保存する送信済みフォルダのアイコン、下書きを保存する下書きフォルダのアイコンなどの各種のアイコンと、受信箱に保存された各メールのリストとを含む。なお、図20では、それぞれのアイコンは、そのアイコンを示す文字列によって図示される。このリストは、例えば、図20の状態における、宛先が田中で、送信者が中居で、送受信日時が4/25のメールの欄や、宛先が木村で、送信者が和田で、送受信日時が5/11のメールの欄などの、複数のメールの欄が含まれる。そして、このリストは、図20のリストにおいて、ハッチングによって図示される、反転表示になった、ユーザ12uによりクリック等で選択された、選択欄を含む。そして、このような選択欄のメールの内容が、例えば、図20で「メール内容表示」と書かれたボタンがクリックされるなどして、ユーザ12uにより指示された場合に、ウェブブラウザ200に表示される。メイン画面201mは、内容を表示するメールをユーザ12uに選択させるインタフェースである。 The web browser 200 on the left side of FIG. 20 is the web browser 200 having a state for displaying the main screen 201 m (main page) of web mail. The main screen 201m has various icons such as an icon of mail inbox (mailbox), an icon of a sent folder for saving sent mail, and a variety of icons such as an icon of a draft folder for saving drafts and saved in the inbox Contains a list of each email. In addition, in FIG. 20, each icon is illustrated by the character string which shows the icon. In this list, for example, in the state shown in FIG. 20, the destination is Tanaka, the sender is in the middle, the transmission / reception date is 4/25 of the E-mail column, the destination is Kimura, the sender is Wada, the transmission / reception date is 5 Contains multiple email fields, such as the / 11 email field. Then, this list includes selection columns which are highlighted by hatching, are highlighted, and are selected by the user 12 u by clicking or the like in the list of FIG. Then, the content of the mail in such a selection column is displayed on the web browser 200 when instructed by the user 12 u by, for example, clicking a button in which “E-mail content display” is written in FIG. Be done. The main screen 201 m is an interface that allows the user 12 u to select an e-mail whose content is to be displayed.
 ウェブメールサーバ100は、このような、図20左のメイン画面201mを表示させる。そして、ウェブメールサーバ100は、このメイン画面201mの中に、ボタン201mbを表示させる。ボタン201mbは、判定ログ表示制御部502がウェブブラウザ200に第2の違反履歴表示Kvを表示させるボタンである。判定ログ表示制御部502は、例えば、ボタン201mbがクリックされた場合に、第2の違反履歴表示Kvを表示させる。 The web mail server 100 displays such a main screen 201 m on the left side of FIG. Then, the web mail server 100 displays the button 201 mb in the main screen 201 m. The button 201 mb is a button for causing the determination log display control unit 502 to display the second violation history display Kv on the web browser 200. For example, when the button 201mb is clicked, the determination log display control unit 502 displays the second violation history display Kv.
 図20右の状態のウェブブラウザ200は、左の状態におけるボタン201mbがクリックされた場合に、判定ログ表示制御部502が第2の違反履歴表示Kvを表示させた状態を有するウェブブラウザ200である。 The web browser 200 in the state shown in the right of FIG. 20 is the web browser 200 having the state in which the determination log display control unit 502 causes the second violation history display Kv to be displayed when the button 201mb in the left state is clicked. .
 ここで、第2の違反履歴表示Kvが表示される、図20右の状態のウェブブラウザ200が表示するページは、ウェブメールサーバ100が、利用中のユーザ12uの各種の情報を表示させるアカウント情報表示画面である。ウェブメールサーバ100は、例えば、ウェブメールサーバ100へのログイン時に入力されたログイン名から、利用中のユーザがユーザ12uであることを特定し、利用中のユーザと特定されたユーザ12uの情報を、このアカウント情報表示画面に表示させる。表示されるユーザ12uの情報は、例えば、図20の右の状態のページのなかに示されるように、ユーザの名前、メールアドレス、受信箱のフォルダの残り容量、ウェブメールを利用する課金の情報などが含まれる。 Here, the page displayed by the web browser 200 in the state shown in the right side of FIG. 20 on which the second violation history display Kv is displayed is account information for causing the web mail server 100 to display various information of the user 12 u in use. It is a display screen. The web mail server 100 identifies, for example, that the user in use is the user 12 u from the login name input at the time of login to the web mail server 100, and information of the user 12 u identified as the user in use is identified. , To be displayed on this account information display screen. The displayed information of the user 12u is, for example, as shown in the page in the right state of FIG. 20, the user's name, mail address, remaining capacity of the inbox folder, charging information using web mail And so on.
 判定ログ表示制御部502は、このようなページのなかに、第2の違反履歴表示Kvを表示させる。第2の違反履歴表示Kvは、例えば、図19における第1の違反履歴表示Kvが行う表示と同様の表示を行う。 The determination log display control unit 502 causes the second violation history display Kv to be displayed in such a page. The second violation history display Kv performs, for example, the same display as the display performed by the first violation history display Kv in FIG.
 (回避方法の実行処理)
 図21は、ルールの文言Rxを表示する状態のウェブブラウザ200(左)と、そのルールの回避方法の実行ボタンAe1および実行ボタンAe2を表示する状態のウェブブラウザ200(右)とを示す図である。
(Execution process of workaround method)
FIG. 21 is a view showing the web browser 200 (left) displaying the rule wording Rx and the web browser 200 (right) displaying the execution button Ae1 and the execution button Ae2 of the method for avoiding the rule. is there.
 図21右の状態のページは、第1の回避方法情報Ae1vと、第2の回避方法情報Ae2vとの、ルールの文言Rxのルールについての2つの回避方法の情報を表示する。 The page in the state of the right of FIG. 21 displays information of two avoidance methods for the rule of the wording Rx of the first avoidance method information Ae1 v and the second avoidance method information Ae2 v.
 そして、図21における、ルールの文言Rxのルールは、図21に図示されるよう、ユーザ12uが、例えば、ユーザ12uの上司や、管理者などの承認者に承認を受けて、メールの送信をしなければならないことを定めるルールである。 Then, as illustrated in FIG. 21, the rule of the rule word Rx in FIG. 21 is that the user 12u receives an approval from an approver, such as the superior of the user 12u or an administrator, for example, and transmits the mail. It is a rule that defines what must be done.
 そして、第1の回避方法は、図21右の第1の回避方法情報Ae1vに示されるように、メール、又は、メールに含まれる添付ファイルが、暗号化されて、暗号化された添付ファイルが送信されることで、このルールの適用が回避される方法である。 Then, in the first avoidance method, as shown in the first avoidance method information Ae1v on the right of FIG. 21, the mail or the attached file included in the mail is encrypted and the encrypted attachment is encrypted. It is a method by which application of this rule is avoided by being sent.
 他方、第2の回避方法は、送信するメールについてユーザ12uが承認を受けてから、送信をすることで、回避をする方法である。 On the other hand, a second avoidance method is a method of avoiding by transmitting after the user 12 u receives an approval for the mail to be sent.
 第1の実行ボタンAe1は、第1の回避方法情報Ae1vの位置に対応する位置を有するなどして、第1の回避方法情報Ae1vに対応し、クリックされた場合に、回避方法表示制御部423が、第1の回避方法を実行するための処理を行うボタンである。具体的には、回避方法表示制御部423は、この処理として、例えば、暗号化の処理を行う。 The first execution button Ae1 has a position corresponding to the position of the first avoidance method information Ae1v, and corresponds to the first avoidance method information Ae1v, and when the first execution button Ae1 is clicked, the avoidance method display control unit 423 Is a button for performing processing for executing the first avoidance method. Specifically, the avoidance method display control unit 423 performs, for example, an encryption process as this process.
 ユーザ12uは、第1の実行ボタンAe1をクリックして、回避方法表示制御部423を有する回避方法表示制御部423による処理を実行させることにより、実行される処理を用いて、第1の回避方法を実施させる。 The user 12 u clicks the first execution button Ae 1 and causes the avoidance method display control portion 423 having the avoidance method display control portion 423 to execute the processing, thereby using the process to be performed. To carry out.
 なお、実行ボタンAe1は、クリックがされた場合に、回避方法表示制御部423ではなく、社員コンピュータ12が、暗号化等の第1の回避方法を実施するボタンであってもよい。 The execution button Ae1 may be a button for the employee computer 12 to execute the first avoidance method such as encryption instead of the avoidance method display control unit 423 when the execution button Ae1 is clicked.
 このように、回避方法表示制御部423は、例えば、予め定められた回避方法実行設定がウェブメールサーバ100にされている場合などの適切な場合に、回避方法情報を表示させるのに際して、次のような処理をしてもよい。つまり、回避方法表示制御部423は、その際に、表示させる回避方法情報の回避方法を実施するための処理を回避方法表示制御部423に実行させるインタフェース(第1の実行ボタンAe1、第2の実行ボタンAe2)を、表示される回避方法情報と共に表示させてもよい。 Thus, the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays the following when displaying the avoidance method information in an appropriate case, for example, when the predetermined avoidance method execution setting is set to the web mail server 100. Such processing may be performed. That is, at this time, the avoidance method display control portion 423 has an interface (first execution button Ae 1, 2nd) for causing the avoidance method display control portion 423 to execute processing for implementing the avoidance method of the avoidance method information to be displayed. The execute button Ae2) may be displayed together with the displayed avoidance method information.
 (承認)
 そして、回避方法表示制御部423は、複数の回避方法の情報を表示させる場合には、それぞれの回避方法のための処理を実行するインタフェースを各々表示させる。
(Approved)
Then, when displaying information on a plurality of avoidance methods, the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes an interface for executing processing for each of the avoidance methods to be displayed.
 第2の実行ボタンAe2(図21)は、第2の回避方法情報Ae2vの位置に対応する位置を有するなどして、第2の回避方法情報Ae2vに対応し、クリックされた場合に、ウェブメールサーバ100が、第2の回避方法のための処理を行うボタンである。 The second execution button Ae2 (FIG. 21) has a position corresponding to the position of the second avoidance method information Ae2v, and corresponds to the second avoidance method information Ae2v, and when clicked, the webmail The server 100 is a button that performs processing for the second avoidance method.
 図22は、承認者13uが利用する他の社員コンピュータ13(図1)から、ウェブメールサーバ100が取得する承認可否通知13Mを示す図である。 FIG. 22 is a view showing an approval notification 13M acquired by the web mail server 100 from another employee computer 13 (FIG. 1) used by the approver 13u.
 他の社員コンピュータ13(図1)は、承認者13uによって利用されるコンピュータである。 Another employee computer 13 (FIG. 1) is a computer used by the approver 13 u.
 承認可否通知13M(図22)は、例えば、他の社員コンピュータ13からウェブメールサーバ100へ送信されるメールである。そして、承認可否通知13Mは、送信されることにより、他の社員コンピュータ13のユーザたる承認者13uが、ユーザ12uによるメールの送信を承認すること又はしないことの何れかがウェブメールサーバ100へ通知されるメールである。 The approval / non-approval notification 13M (FIG. 22) is, for example, a mail transmitted from the other employee computer 13 to the web mail server 100. Then, the approval / non-approval notification 13M is sent to notify the web mail server 100 that the approver 13u who is the user of the other employee computer 13 either approves or does not approve the transmission of the mail by the user 12u. The email is
 ここで、承認可否通知13Mは、承認するか否かを示す可否データ(図略)と、各ウェブメールの送信のうちで、承認可否通知13Mが対象とする送信を特定する承認コード等を含む。 Here, the approval notification 13M includes permission data (not shown) indicating whether to approve or not, and an approval code for specifying the transmission targeted by the approval notification 13M among the transmissions of each webmail. .
 なお、また、承認可否通知13Mは、図22において、承認者コメント欄として示される、その承認に際して承認者13uがユーザ12uに伝える、例えば注意を促すコメントなどのコメントが含まれる。 Note that the approval / non-approval notification 13M also includes a comment such as a comment prompting attention that the approver 13u conveys to the user 12u at the time of approval, which is shown as an approver comment column in FIG.
 承認処理部432(図2)は、第2の実行ボタンAe2(図21)がクリックがされると、例えば回避方法表示制御部423による制御を受けるなどにより、次の処理を行う。つまり、承認処理部432は、第2の実行ボタンAe2がクリックがされた場合に、新しい承認コードの承認可否通知13Mを、承認者13uが利用する他の社員コンピュータ13のウェブブラウザに表示させる。承認処理部432は、この表示をさせることにより、表示させたインタフェース201を用いて承認者13uが送信する承認可否通知13Mを、ウェブメールサーバ100に取得させる。 When the second execution button Ae2 (FIG. 21) is clicked, the approval processing unit 432 (FIG. 2) performs the following processing, for example, under the control of the avoidance method display control unit 423. That is, when the second execution button Ae2 is clicked, the approval processing unit 432 causes the web browser of the other employee computer 13 used by the approver 13u to display the approval notification 13M of the new approval code. By causing this display, the approval processing unit 432 causes the web mail server 100 to acquire the approval / non-authorization notice 13M transmitted by the approver 13u using the displayed interface 201.
 なお、承認処理部432は、承認者13uが編集できるインタフェースによって、承認可否通知13Mを表示させ、表示させた承認可否通知13Mを承認者13uに編集させる。これにより、編集によって可否データ等が適切な内容に設定された承認可否通知13Mがウェブメールサーバ100に取得される。 The approval processing unit 432 causes the approver 13 u to edit the displayed approval notification 13 M by using the interface that the approver 13 u can edit to display the approval notification 13 M. As a result, the approval / non-authorization notification 13M in which the availability data or the like is set to an appropriate content by editing is acquired by the web mail server 100.
 なお、承認処理部432は、表示させる承認可否通知のなかなどにおいて、承認するか否かの承認者13uの判断に役立つ情報を表示させることが好ましい。表示される情報は、例えば、そのルールの種類が含まれてもよいし、承認の対象のメールをウェブメールサーバ100が解析した解析結果が含まれてもよいし(以上、図22の3行目の欄を参照)、対象のメールの本文や、添付データなどの情報が含まれてもよい。 The approval processing unit 432 preferably displays information that is useful for the judgment of the approver 13 u as to whether or not to approve, in the approval notification or the like to be displayed. The displayed information may include, for example, the type of the rule, and may include an analysis result obtained by analyzing the mail to be approved by the web mail server 100 (above, three lines in FIG. 22). Information such as the text of the target mail, attached data, etc. may be included.
 そして、先述したメールデータ取得部111(図2)は、例えば、第2の回避方法の実行ボタンAe2(図21)がクリックされた際のメールデータを、そのメールデータの送信の承認可否通知13Mがウェブメールサーバ100に取得されるまで保持する保持部を備える。そして、メールデータ取得部111は、承認可否通知13Mが承認処理部432に取得された場合に、この保持部に保持された複数のメールデータのうちで、その承認可否通知13Mで通知がされるメールのメールデータを保持部から取得する。例えば、保持部は、承認コードと、その承認コードにかかるメールデータとの対応関係を保持し、メールデータ取得部111は、取得された承認可否通知13Mの承認コードと同じ承認コードに、この対応関係が対応させるメールデータを取得する。 Then, the e-mail data acquisition unit 111 (FIG. 2) described above, for example, receives mail data when the execution button Ae2 (FIG. 21) of the second avoidance method is clicked, as notification 13M Is held by the web mail server 100 until it is acquired by the web mail server 100. Then, when the approval / non-authorization notice 13M is acquired by the approval processing unit 432, the mail data acquisition unit 111 is notified by the approval / non-approval notification 13M among the plurality of pieces of mail data held in the holding unit. Acquires mail data of mail from holding unit. For example, the holding unit holds the correspondence between the approval code and the mail data according to the approval code, and the mail data acquisition unit 111 corresponds to the same approval code as the approval code of the acquired approval notification 13M. Get mail data that the relationship corresponds.
 そして、先述した判定処理部320(図2)は、取得された承認可否通知13Mのメールデータがメールデータ取得部111により取得されると、取得されたメールデータについて、再度の判定を行う。判定処理部320は、この再度の判定で、取得された承認可否通知13Mが、送信を承認する通知である場合には、送信が違反ではないことを判定し(図5のステップS112:適合判定、図10のステップS25a)、承認しない通知である場合には、再び、違反であることを判定する(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)。 Then, when the mail data acquisition unit 111 acquires the mail data of the acquired approval / non-approval notification 13M, the judgment processing unit 320 (FIG. 2) described above makes another judgment on the acquired mail data. If the acquired approval / non-approval notification 13M is a notification for approving transmission in this second determination, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission is not a violation (step S112 in FIG. 5: conformity determination). Step S25a of FIG. 10, if it is a notification not approved, it is determined again that it is a violation (step S112 of FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25b of FIG. 10).
 そして、ウェブメールサーバ100は、再度の判定において、違反ではない判定がされた場合には(図5のステップS112:適合判定、図10のステップS25a)、初めの判定で違反とされて送信しなかった、そのメールの送信を実行する。他方、ウェブメールサーバ100は、再度の判定においても、違反との判定がされた場合には(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)、再度の判定の際にも、メールの送信は行わない。 Then, the web mail server 100 determines that it is not a violation in the second determination (step S112 in FIG. 5: matching determination, step S25a in FIG. 10), and the first determination is regarded as a violation and transmitted. There was no sending of that email. On the other hand, if the web mail server 100 determines that a violation has been made in the second determination as well (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10), the email is also used in the second determination. Will not be sent.
 (承認に関する判定)
 また、他の社員コンピュータ13(図22、図2)は、第2の回避方法の実行ボタンAe2(図21)がクリックされた場合以外でも、承認可否通知13Mをウェブメールサーバ100へ送信する。例えば、承認者13uは、ユーザ12uから口頭で、承認を求められて、承認可否通知13Mを作成し、ウェブメールサーバ100へ送信する。このとき、承認可否通知13Mは、承認の対象のメールの送信者の個人ID(送信者ID)と、承認者13uの個人ID(以下、承認者ID)と、上記に説明した可否データと、同じく上記に説明したコメント等を含む。
(Judgment on approval)
The other employee computer 13 (FIGS. 22 and 2) transmits the approval / non-authorization notice 13M to the web mail server 100 even when the execution button Ae2 (FIG. 21) of the second avoidance method is clicked. For example, the approver 13 u is verbally asked for approval by the user 12 u, creates an approval notification 13 M and sends it to the web mail server 100. At this time, the approval / non-approval notification 13M includes the personal ID (sender ID) of the sender of the mail to be approved, the personal ID of the approver 13u (hereinafter, the approver ID), and the availability data described above, Also includes the comments described above.
 図23は、承認履歴DB314(図2)の構成を示す図である。 FIG. 23 is a diagram showing the configuration of the approval history DB 314 (FIG. 2).
 承認履歴DB314(図23、図2)は、承認可否通知13Mが取得された時刻と、その承認可否通知13Mのメールデータの送信者IDと、承認者IDと、可否データ(結果のデータ)と、コメント等よりなる承認データを保持する。なお、承認データは、承認コードの他に承認ID(図略)が含まれてもよい。また、承認データは、図23では図示が省略されたが、その承認データにより送信が承認される対象のメールの件名および宛先を特定する件名等特定データを含んでもよい。 The approval history DB 314 (FIG. 23, FIG. 2) indicates the time when the approval notification 13M is acquired, the sender ID of the mail data of the approval notification 13M, the approver ID, and the availability data (result data). Holds approval data consisting of comments, etc. The approval data may include an approval ID (not shown) in addition to the approval code. Although the approval data is not shown in FIG. 23, the approval data may also include specific data such as the subject of the mail to be approved for transmission and the subject of the destination according to the approval data.
 したがって、承認データは、上記送信者IDと、承認者IDと、上記件名等特定データとを含み、また、対象のメールを複数のメールのうちから特定する承認対象メール特定データを含む。 Therefore, the approval data includes the sender ID, the approver ID, and the identification data such as the subject, and further includes approval target email identification data that identifies the target email from a plurality of emails.
 そして、承認履歴DB314は、承認可否通知13Mが取得される毎に、それぞれ、その承認可否通知13Mについての承認データを生成し、生成した承認データを、以後、保持する。 Then, the approval history DB 314 generates approval data for the approval notification 13M each time the approval notification 13M is acquired, and holds the generated approval data thereafter.
 なお、承認履歴DB314は、承認可否通知13Mを取得する取得制御部を備え、ウェブメールサーバ100は、この取得制御部により、承認可否通知13Mの取得を行ってもよい。 The approval history DB 314 may include an acquisition control unit that acquires the approval notification 13M, and the web mail server 100 may acquire the approval notification 13M by the acquisition control unit.
 図24は、判定処理部320が行う、承認の判定の処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the process of determination of approval performed by the determination processing unit 320.
 図24の処理は、図5のステップS112で、判定処理部320によって行われる。ここで、図24の処理は、図5のステップS112の処理が行われる図10の処理における、例えば、ステップS24と、ステップS25bとの間で行われ、ステップS24で操作が一致すると判定された場合において(ステップS24:一致)、図24の処理の結果が所定の結果ならば(図24のステップS662)、違反の判定をさせ(ステップS25b、図5のステップS112:違反判定)、所定の結果でないなら(図24のステップS661、S663)、違反でない判定をさせる(ステップS25a、図5のステップS112:適合判定)ことをする処理である。 The processing in FIG. 24 is performed by the determination processing unit 320 in step S112 in FIG. Here, the process of FIG. 24 is performed, for example, between step S24 and step S25 b in the process of FIG. 10 in which the process of step S112 of FIG. 5 is performed, and it is determined that the operation matches in step S24. In the case (step S24: match), if the result of the process in FIG. 24 is a predetermined result (step S662 in FIG. 24), the violation is determined (step S25 b, step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination). If the result is not a result (steps S661 and S663 in FIG. 24), it is a process to make a determination not a violation (step S25a, step S112 in FIG. 5: matching determination).
 図3に示されるように、ルール判定条件マスタDB311は、送信には承認者13uによる承認が必要であることを定める、例えばルールコードR007などのルールコードに対応付けられた、ルールの種類を承認と特定する種類特定データを保持する。 As shown in FIG. 3, the rule determination condition master DB 311 determines that transmission by the approver 13 u is required for transmission, and for example, approves the type of rule associated with a rule code such as the rule code R 007. Hold type identification data to identify.
 判定処理部320は、違反の判定をするルールの種類特定データが、承認の種類を特定するならば、ステップS24と、ステップS25bとの間で、図24の処理を実行する。 The determination processing unit 320 executes the processing of FIG. 24 between step S24 and step S25b if the type identification data of the rule for determining the violation identifies the type of approval.
 ステップS61では、判定処理部320は、送信者が予め定められた除外者であるか否かを判定する。ここで、除外者は、例えば、会社の社長や役員などの、承認を受けることがない社員である。判定処理部320は、例えば、具体的には、除外者の個人IDを特定する除外者特定情報を保持して、メールデータの送信者が、保持される除外者特定情報により特定される個人IDの送信者であるか否かを判定することによって、送信者が除外者か否かを判定する。 In step S61, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the sender is a predetermined excluder. Here, the excluded person is, for example, an employee who does not receive approval, such as a company president or a director. Specifically, for example, the determination processing unit 320 holds excluder identification information for identifying the individual ID of the excluder, and the personal ID of the sender of the mail data is identified by the excluded person identification information held. It is determined whether the sender is an excluder by determining whether it is the sender of.
 ステップS663では、判定処理部320は、ステップS61において、送信者が除外者であると判定された場合に(ステップS61:Yes)、送信は違反ではないと判定する(ステップS25a(図10)、図5のステップS112:適合判定)。ただし、ステップS663で、違反時処理部400は、送信者が除外者でなければ違反であることを示す警告をウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。承認処理部432は、例えば、図5のステップS11aの処理のうちの何れかの処理のタイミングにおいて、この警告を表示させる。 In step S663, when it is determined in step S61 that the sender is an excluder (step S61: Yes), the determination processing unit 320 determines that transmission is not a violation (step S25a (FIG. 10)). Step S112 in FIG. 5: Conformity determination). However, in step S663, the violation processing unit 400 causes the web browser 200 to display a warning indicating that the sender is not an excluder, indicating a violation. The approval processing unit 432 displays this warning, for example, at the timing of any one of the processes in step S11 a of FIG. 5.
 ステップS62では、判定処理部320は、ステップS61で送信者が除外者ではないことが判定された場合に(ステップS61:No)、取得されたメールデータの送信者と同じ送信者であり、かつ、可否データが承認をすることを示す承認データが承認履歴DB314により保持されるか否かを判定する。 In step S62, when it is determined in step S61 that the sender is not an excluded person (step S61: No), determination processing unit 320 is the same sender as the sender of the acquired mail data, and It is determined whether approval data indicating whether the approval data is to be approved is held by the approval history DB 314 or not.
 ステップS63では、判定処理部320は、ステップS62において、条件を満たす承認データが保持されると判定される場合に(ステップS62:Yes)、その承認データの件名等特定データにより特定される件名等が、取得されたメールデータの件名等であるか否かを判定する。 In step S63, when it is determined in step S62 that the approval data satisfying the condition is held (step S62: Yes), the determination processing unit 320 determines the subject etc. specified by the identification data such as the subject of the approval data. It is determined whether or not the subject of the acquired mail data or the like.
 なお、ステップS63で、判定処理部320は、同じ件名等であるか否かを判定するのに代えて、同じ又は類似の件名等であるか否かを判定してもよい。 In step S63, the determination processing unit 320 may determine whether or not the subject is the same or similar instead of determining whether the subject is the same or the like.
 ステップS64では、判定処理部320は、ステップS63において、同じ件名等であるとの判定がされた場合に(ステップS63:Yes)、その承認データの時刻が、現時刻から予め定められた時間のうちの、比較的新しい過去における時刻か否かを判定する。つまり、ステップS63で、判定処理部320は、その承認データの時刻が、現在よりもその予め定められた時間だけ古い過去よりも後の時刻か否かを判定する。 In step S64, when it is determined in step S63 that the same subject or the like is the same (step S63: Yes), the time of the approval data is a predetermined time from the current time. It is determined whether or not it is the time in the relatively new past. That is, in step S63, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether or not the time of the approval data is later than the past which is older by a predetermined time than the present.
 ステップS661では、ステップS64で、比較的新しい時刻と判定された場合に(ステップS64:Yes)、その承認データの承認可否通知13Mにより、取得されたメールデータの送信が承認されると判定する。 In step S661, when it is determined that the time is relatively new in step S64 (step S64: Yes), it is determined that the transmission of the acquired mail data is approved by the approval notification 13M of the approval data.
 ステップS65では、判定処理部320は、ステップS62で、承認履歴DB314により保持される複数の承認データのうちには、そのメールの送信が、処理中の承認データによる承認の対象ではないと判定された場合に(ステップS62:No、S63:No、S64:No)、次の処理を行う。つまり、送信者等に係る上記条件を満たす承認データが保持されないことが判定された場合(ステップS62:No)、同じ件名等でないことの判定がされた場合(ステップS63:No)、及び比較的新しい時刻ではないことの判定がされた場合(ステップS64:No)のうちの何れかの場合であるときに、次の処理が行われる。行われる処理は、メールデータの送信者が所属する部署と同じ部署に所属する社員を一人、選択し、選択した社員を送信者とする承認データについて、上述したステップS62~S64の処理を実行させる処理である。これにより、上述したステップS62~S64が、繰り返される。なお、ステップS65で、判定処理部320は、組織マスタDB313によって、各社員のうちから、同じ部署に所属する社員を特定し、特定される社員を選択する。これにより、ステップS62~S64で、複数の承認データのうちに、適切な承認データが含まれれば、それが特定され(S64:Yes)、含まれなければ、含まれないことが特定される(S65:No)。 In step S65, of the plurality of approval data held by the approval history DB 314, in step S62, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission of the mail is not a target of approval by the approval data being processed. If it is (step S62: No, S63: No, S64: No), the following process is performed. That is, when it is determined that the approval data satisfying the above conditions relating to the sender or the like is not held (step S62: No), when it is determined that the same subject is not the same (step S63: No) If it is determined that the time is not a new time (step S64: No), the following process is performed. The processing to be performed is to execute the above-described processing of steps S62 to S64 with respect to approval data in which one employee belonging to the same department as the department to which the sender of the mail data belongs belongs and the selected employee is the sender. It is a process. Thus, the above-described steps S62 to S64 are repeated. Here, in step S65, the determination processing unit 320 specifies, by using the organization master DB 313, an employee who belongs to the same department among the respective employees, and selects the specified employee. Thereby, in the steps S62 to S64, if appropriate approval data is included in the plurality of approval data, it is identified (S64: Yes), and not included if not included (S64: S65: No).
 ステップS661では、判定処理部320は、S64:Yesの判定がされた場合において、承認が必要でないことを判定する。ここで、S64:Yesの判定がされた場合とは、繰り返しの際のステップS62~S64において、選択された社員を送信者とする承認データによる承認が判定された場合(ステップS64:Yes)、及び、初めのステップS62~S64において、承認の対象のメールの送信者への承認データによる承認が判定された場合(ステップS64:Yes)が含まれる。これにより、判定処理部320は、送信がそのルールに違反しないことを判定する(図5のステップS112:適合判定、図10のステップS25a)。 In step S661, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the approval is not necessary when the determination of S64: Yes is made. Here, the case where the determination of S64: Yes is made means that when the approval by the approval data in which the selected employee is the sender is determined in Steps S62 to S64 at the time of repetition (Step S64: Yes) And, in the first steps S62 to S64, the case where the approval by the approval data to the sender of the mail to be approved is judged (step S64: Yes) is included. Thus, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission does not violate the rule (step S112 in FIG. 5: conformity determination, step S25a in FIG. 10).
 ステップS662では、ステップS65で、選択できる社員の残りが0人であり、選択ができない場合に(ステップS65:No)、判定処理部320が、今回取得されたメールデータのメールの送信は、新たな承認が必要であることを判定する。 In step S662, when there are no remaining employees who can be selected in step S65 (step S65: No), the determination processing unit 320 transmits the mail of the mail data acquired this time as a new one. Determine that the required approval is required.
 なお、上記したステップS65では、判定処理部320は、繰り返し選択を行ううちにおいて、それぞれ、その選択よりも前の各選択で選択された社員は、選択しない。 In step S65 described above, the determination processing unit 320 does not select the employee selected in each selection before the selection, while performing the selection repeatedly.
 そして、判定処理部320は、こうして、新たな承認がされなければ、ルールに違反することが判定された場合(ステップS662)、送信は違反であることを判定する(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)。 Then, if it is determined that the rule is violated (step S662), the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission is a violation (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation). Determination, step S25b of FIG.
 そして、回避方法表示制御部423は、例えば、こうして、承認がないと判定されて(ステップS662)、違反の判定がされた場合に(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)、図21の実行ボタンAe2を表示させる。そして、回避方法表示制御部423は、ひいては、図22に示されるように、このメールデータのメールの送信を承認するための承認可否通知13Mを他の社員コンピュータ13に表示させて、ウェブメールサーバ100に承認可否通知13Mを取得させる。 Then, the avoidance method display control unit 423 determines, for example, that there is no approval (step S662), and the violation is determined (step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, step S25 b in FIG. 10). , The execution button Ae2 of FIG. 21 is displayed. Then, as shown in FIG. 22, the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the other employee computer 13 to display an approval notice 13M for approving the transmission of the mail of the mail data, and the web mail server Allowing 100 to obtain approval notification 13M.
 なお、こうして承認可否通知13Mが他の社員コンピュータ13に表示される場合に、例えば回避方法表示制御部423(図23、図2)などによって新しい承認IDが生成されて、生成された承認IDを含む承認可否通知13Mが表示されてもよい。そして、上述した、メールデータ取得部111の保持部は、そのメールデータを、生成された承認IDに対応付ける対応関係を保持してもよい。そして、保持部は、承認可否通知13Mが他の社員コンピュータ13から取得されると、取得された承認可否通知13Mの承認IDに対応付けられたメールデータを、その承認可否通知13Mのメールデータとして特定して、特定したメールデータについて、上記した再度の判定の処理を行わせてもよい。 When the approval notification 13M is displayed on the other employee computer 13 in this way, a new approval ID is generated by, for example, the avoidance method display control unit 423 (FIG. 23, FIG. 2), etc. An approval / non-approval notification 13M may be displayed. Then, the holding unit of the mail data acquisition unit 111 described above may hold the correspondence that associates the mail data with the generated approval ID. Then, when the approval notification 13M is acquired from another employee computer 13, the holding unit uses the mail data associated with the approval ID of the acquired approval notification 13M as the mail data of the approval notification 13M. With regard to the identified and identified mail data, the process of the determination described above may be performed.
 (データ量の判定)
 また、判定処理部320(図2)は、メールデータ取得部111により取得されたメールデータについて、そのメールデータの送信が、データ量のルールに違反するか否かを判定する。
(Judgment of data volume)
Further, the determination processing unit 320 (FIG. 2) determines whether the transmission of the mail data of the mail data acquired by the mail data acquisition unit 111 violates the data amount rule.
 なお、ルール判定条件マスタDB311は、図3においては図示を省略したが、データ量に係るルールのルールコードに対応付けて、例えば、下記の第1の規定値等の、それぞれの基準値を有する特徴データを保持してもよい。 Although not shown in FIG. 3, the rule determination condition master DB 311 has respective reference values such as the first prescribed value described below in association with the rule code of the rule related to the data amount. Feature data may be held.
 そして、違反時処理部400は、データ量の違反の判定がされた場合には、データ量の違反であることを警告する表示をウェブブラウザ200にさせる。 When the violation of the data amount is determined, the violation processing unit 400 causes the web browser 200 to display a warning that the data amount is violated.
 図25は、判定処理部320が行うデータ量判定処理を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the data amount determination process performed by the determination processing unit 320.
 ステップS71では、判定処理部320は、取得されたメールデータに含まれる、そのメールの本文のデータ量に対して、そのメールの宛先数を乗じた乗算後データ量が、第1の規定値未満であるか否かを判定する。 In step S71, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the post-multiplication data amount obtained by multiplying the data amount of the text of the email contained in the acquired email data by the number of destinations of the email is less than the first prescribed value. It is determined whether the
 なお、宛先数は、メールが送信される宛先の数であり、例えば、To欄に記載される宛先の数と、Cc欄に記載される宛先の数と、bcc欄に記載される宛先の数とが合計された合計数である。 Note that the number of destinations is the number of destinations to which mail is sent. For example, the number of destinations described in the To column, the number of destinations described in the Cc column, and the number of destinations described in the bcc column And is the total number totaled.
 なお、第1の規定値は、例えば、社内システム1に記憶される、本文のデータのデータ量の増加幅として、許容できる適切なデータ量である。第1の規定値は、上述したように、例えば、特徴データに含まれる値である。 The first prescribed value is, for example, an appropriate amount of data that can be accepted as an increase in the amount of data of text data stored in the in-house system 1. The first predetermined value is, for example, a value included in feature data as described above.
 ステップS72では、判定処理部320は、ステップS71で、データ量が第1の規定値未満ではないと判定された場合に(ステップS71:No)、そのメールの送信は、データ量のルールのうちで、本文のデータ量のルールに違反することを判定する。 In step S72, when it is determined in step S71 that the amount of data is not less than the first specified value (step S71: No), the transmission of the mail is performed according to the data amount rule. Then, it is determined to violate the data volume rule of the text.
 ステップS73では、判定処理部320は、取得されたメールデータが、添付データが添付されたメールのデータか否かを判定する。 In step S73, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the acquired e-mail data is data of an e-mail attached with attached data.
 ステップS74では、判定処理部320は、添付データが添付されたとの判定がされた場合に(ステップS73:Yes)、取得されたメールデータに含まれるその添付データのデータ量に対して、そのメールの宛先数を乗じた乗算後データ量が、第2の規定値未満であるか否かを判定する。 In step S74, when it is determined that the attached data is attached (step S73: Yes), determination processing unit 320 determines the amount of data of the attached data included in the acquired mail data. It is determined whether the amount of data after multiplication multiplied by the number of destinations of is smaller than a second predetermined value.
 なお、第2の規定値は、例えば、社内システム1に記憶される添付データのデータ量の増加幅として、許容できる適切なデータ量などである。第2の規定値は、例えば、特徴データに含まれる値である。 The second prescribed value is, for example, an appropriate amount of data that can be tolerated as an increase in the amount of data of attached data stored in the in-house system 1. The second predetermined value is, for example, a value included in feature data.
 ステップS75では、判定処理部320は、乗算後データ量が第2の規定値未満ではないと判定された場合に(ステップS74:No)、そのメールの送信は、データ量のルールのうちで、添付データのデータ量のルールに違反することを判定する。 In step S75, when it is determined that the post-multiplication data amount is not less than the second predetermined value (step S74: No), transmission of the mail is performed according to the data amount rule. Determine that the data amount rules for attached data are violated.
 なお、判定処理部320は、例えば、図5のステップS112で、初めに、特徴データが、データ量のルールの特徴データか否かを判定してもよい。そして、判定処理部320は、データ量の特徴データとの判定がされれば、このような図25の処理により、違反か否かの判定(図5のステップS112:違反判定/適合判定、図10のステップS25a、ステップS25b)を行い、図10のステップS21~ステップS24の処理などの、図25の説明以前で説明した、違反か否かの判定をするための各処理を行わなくてもよい。 The determination processing unit 320 may first determine whether the feature data is feature data of a data amount rule, for example, in step S112 of FIG. 5. Then, if the determination processing unit 320 determines that the data is the feature data of the data amount, it determines whether or not it is a violation by the process of FIG. 25 (step S112 of FIG. 5: violation determination / conformity determination, FIG. 10 without performing steps S25a and S25b) and performing the processing for determining whether or not a violation such as the processing of steps S21 to S24 of FIG. Good.
 そして、違反時処理部400は、ステップS71で違反の判定がされた場合には(ステップS71:No)、送信が、本文のデータ量のルールに違反することを示す警告表示をウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。また、違反時処理部400は、ステップS74で違反の判定がされた場合には(ステップS74:No)、送信が、添付データのデータ量のルールに違反することを示す警告表示をウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。 When the violation is determined in step S71 (step S71: No), the violation processing unit 400 displays, on the web browser 200, a warning display indicating that transmission violates the data amount rule of the text. Display. When the violation is determined in step S74 (step S74: No), the violation processing unit 400 displays a warning message indicating that transmission violates the data amount rule of attached data, as the web browser 200. Display on.
 図26は、データ量に関するルールに違反したメールMを表示する状態(左)と、そのルールへのリンクRLを表示する状態(右)とのウェブブラウザ200を各々示す図である。 FIG. 26 is a view showing the web browser 200 in a state (left) displaying an email M violating a rule relating to a data amount and a state (right) displaying a link RL to the rule.
 図26左に示されるメールMは、添付資料の添付データが添付されたメールであり、添付データのデータ量に宛先数を乗じた乗算後データ量が、第2の規定値以上である。 An E-mail M shown on the left of FIG. 26 is an E-mail attached with attached data of the attached document, and the post-multiplication data amount obtained by multiplying the data amount of the attached data by the number of destinations is equal to or more than the second specified value.
 そこで、判定処理部320は、図26左のメールMのメールデータが取得された場合に、ステップS73で、添付データがあることを判定すると共に(ステップS73:Yes)、ステップS74で、乗算後データ量が第2の規定値未満ではないことを判定する(ステップS74:No)。これにより、判定処理部320は、ステップS75で、図26左のメールMの送信は添付データのデータ量のルールに違反することを判定する。 Therefore, when mail data of mail M on the left side of FIG. 26 is obtained, determination processing unit 320 determines that attached data is present in step S73 (step S73: Yes) and after multiplication in step S74. It is determined that the data amount is not less than the second specified value (step S74: No). Accordingly, in step S75, the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission of the mail M on the left in FIG. 26 violates the data amount rule of the attached data.
 そこで、違反時処理部400は、ステップS75の判定がされると、図26右に示される、送信が、添付データのデータ量のルールに違反することを示すページを表示させ、表示させるページのなかに、そのルールへのリンクRLを表示させる。 Therefore, when it is determined in step S75, the violation process unit 400 displays a page indicating that the transmission violates the data amount rule of attached data, as shown on the right of FIG. Among them, display a link RL to the rule.
 そして、回避方法表示制御部423は、データ量のルールを回避する回避方法の実行ボタン(図21の実行ボタンAe1等を参照)を表示させる(図略)。例えば、回避方法表示制御部423は、図26の右のウェブブラウザ200が表示するページのなかに、リンクRLと共に、その実行ボタンを表示させる。 Then, the avoidance method display control unit 423 displays an execution button (see the execution button Ae1 etc. in FIG. 21) of the avoidance method for avoiding the data amount rule (not shown). For example, the avoidance method display control unit 423 causes the link RL and its execution button to be displayed in the page displayed by the web browser 200 on the right side of FIG.
 そして、実行ボタンは、ユーザ12uによりクリックされた場合に、ウェブメールサーバ100が、添付データをURL化すると共に、URL化によって添付データが保持されたURLをメールに付加するボタンであってもよい。そして、ウェブメールサーバ100は、この付加のときに、添付データをメールから削除し、この付加および削除によりデータ量が減少したメールを送信してもよい。 The execution button may be a button that, when clicked by the user 12 u, the web mail server 100 converts the attached data into a URL, and adds the URL holding the attached data to the mail to the mail. . Then, at the time of this addition, the web mail server 100 may delete the attached data from the mail, and may transmit the mail whose data amount is reduced by the addition and deletion.
 ここでURL化は、そのデータを予め定められたURL化用のサーバに保持させると共に、保持されたURLを、そのサーバなどから取得するなどにより特定する処理であり、例えば、公知技術による処理であってよい。 Here, URL conversion is processing for causing the server for URL conversion to hold the data in advance and specifying the held URL from acquiring the server from the server etc. May be there.
 削除等がされたメールは、ウェブメールサーバ100により送信されると、送信先の装置によって、付加されたURLが用いられて、その装置により、そのURLに保持される、削除された添付データが取得されるメールである。 When a mail that has been deleted, etc., is sent by the web mail server 100, the URL added is used by the device of the transmission destination, and the deleted attached data held by that device by the device is deleted. It is an email to be acquired.
 また、実行ボタンは、クリックされた場合に、ウェブメールサーバ100が、複数の宛先への送信のタイミングとして、予め定められた時間差を有する異なる複数のタイミングを特定して、特定されるそれぞれのタイミングで、そのタイミングに対応する宛先への送信を各々行うボタンであってもよい。 In addition, when the execution button is clicked, the web mail server 100 specifies different timings having a predetermined time difference as transmission timings to a plurality of destinations, and the specified timings are identified. The button may be a button for performing transmission to the destination corresponding to that timing.
 図27は、添付データのデータ量のルールに違反するとの判定(図25のステップS75)がされた場合におけるウェブメールサーバ100の処理の、他の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 27 is a diagram showing another example of the process of the web mail server 100 when it is determined that the rule of the data amount of attached data is violated (step S75 of FIG. 25).
 この例では、違反時処理部400は、実行ボタンを表示させなくともよい。 In this example, the violation processing unit 400 may not display the execution button.
 そして、違反時処理部400は、図25のステップS75の判定がされた場合に、そのメールデータにより示される、そのメールの緊急度と、乗算後データ量が第2の規定値をオーバするオーバ量とに応じて、緊急度およびオーバ量に対応する処理を行う。 When the determination in step S75 of FIG. 25 is made, the violation process unit 400 causes the urgency of the mail and the post-multiplication data amount to exceed the second specified value, as indicated by the mail data. Depending on the amount, the processing corresponding to the emergency degree and the over amount is performed.
 ここで、緊急度とは、そのメールに含まれる、ユーザ12uが考える、そのメールが送信されることの緊急度を特定する緊急度特定データにより特定される値等である。 Here, the degree of urgency is a value or the like specified by the urgency degree specifying data, which is included in the mail, considered by the user 12 u, and which specifies the degree of urgency that the mail is to be transmitted.
 違反時処理部400は、緊急度が高い場合、つまり、図27の表の最も上の行から数えて、第2行の場合、および緊急度が中間である場合(第2行の場合)には、何らかの形で送信を行う。 In the case of high urgency, that is, from the top row of the table in FIG. 27, the violation processing unit 400 counts the second row and when the urgency is intermediate (second row). Makes some form of transmission.
 まず、違反時処理部400は、特定されたオーバ量が、第1の基準量以下の小さいオーバ量であれば、通常の送信を行う(第1行の第1列)。また、違反時処理部400は、オーバ量が、第1の基準量よりも大きい場合、すなわちオーバ量が中間ないし大である場合には(第1行の第2列、第3列)、添付データをURL化すると共に、URL化がされたURLを添付し、かつ、添付データを削除したメールを送信する。 First, the violation processing unit 400 performs normal transmission (the first row, first column) if the specified over amount is a small over amount that is less than or equal to the first reference amount. In addition, when the over amount is larger than the first reference amount, that is, when the over amount is in the middle to the large (in the second row, the third column of the first row) The data is converted into a URL, the URL converted into a URL is attached, and an email with the attached data deleted is sent.
 また、違反時処理部400は、緊急度が中間である場合(第2行)、原則、上記緊急度が高い場合と同様の処理を行い、ただし、オーバ量が小である場合には(第2行、第1列)、警告を行うメッセージをウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。 In addition, when the degree of urgency is intermediate (line 2), the in-violation processing unit 400 performs the same process as that in the case where the degree of urgency is high, in principle. (2 lines, first column), to display a warning message on the web browser 200.
 また、違反時処理部400は、緊急度が低い場合(第3行)、特定されたオーバ量が、上記した第1の基準量よりも大きい第2の基準量以下であり、つまり、オーバ量が小ないし中間であるならば(第3行の第1列、第2列)、次の処理を行う。行われる処理は、警告のメッセージを表示させると共に、上記した時間差による送信を行う処理である。また、違反時処理部400は、特定されたオーバ量が第2の基準量よりも大であるなら(第3行の第3列)、メールを修正させるインタフェースをウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。なお、このインタフェースは、例えば、メールを編集するインタフェースであり、編集をさせることで、メールを修正させるインタフェースである。なお、違反時処理部400は、オーバ量が大の場合(第3行の第3列)にも、このような表示を行うのでなく、時間差による送信を行ってもよい。 Further, when the degree of urgency is low (line 3), the violation processing unit 400 determines that the identified over amount is equal to or less than the second reference amount larger than the above-described first reference amount, that is, the over amount Is small to middle (the third column, the first column, the second column), the following processing is performed. The process to be performed is a process of displaying a warning message and performing transmission based on the above-described time difference. Further, when the specified amount of overrun is larger than the second reference amount (third column of the third line), the in-violation processing unit 400 causes the web browser 200 to display an interface for correcting the mail. Note that this interface is, for example, an interface for editing a mail, and is an interface for correcting the mail by making the editing. In addition, even when the amount of overrun is large (the third column of the third row), the in-violation processing unit 400 may perform transmission based on a time difference instead of performing such a display.
 (転送禁止)
 図28は、図10の判定処理(図5のステップS112)が、転送禁止に関するルールについて行われる際の処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。
(Forbidden)
FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing a flow of processing when the determination processing of FIG. 10 (step S112 of FIG. 5) is performed for a rule regarding transfer prohibition.
 ルール判定条件マスタDB311(図3)に保持されるルールコードR002の特徴データは、転送禁止のルールの特徴データであり、「転送禁止」なる文字列を特定する文字列データを有すると共に、転送の操作を特定する開始操作データを有する。 The feature data of the rule code R002 held in the rule determination condition master DB 311 (FIG. 3) is the feature data of the transfer prohibition rule, and has character string data specifying the character string "transfer prohibited" It has start operation data that specifies an operation.
 ステップS81(図28)では、判定処理部320は、メールデータの操作が、特徴データの操作か否かを判定する。そして、例えば、転送禁止の特徴データの操作は、図3のルールコードR002の特徴データの開始操作特定データにより示されるように、転送の操作のみであり、新規作成の操作および返信の操作は含まない。このため、判定処理部320は、具体的には、メールデータの操作が、転送の操作であり、新規作成の操作および返信の操作ではないか否かを判定する。 In step S81 (FIG. 28), the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the operation of the mail data is the operation of the feature data. Then, for example, the operation of the transfer prohibited feature data is only the transfer operation as indicated by the start operation specifying data of the feature data of the rule code R002 in FIG. 3, and the operation of newly creating and the operation of reply are included. Absent. Therefore, specifically, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the mail data operation is a transfer operation and not a new creation operation and a reply operation.
 なお、判定処理部320は、例えば、特徴データに含まれる文字列データなどから、特徴データが、転送禁止の特徴データか否かを判定してもよい。そして、判定処理部320は、転送禁止の特徴データと判定される場合には、図10のステップS24の処理の順序と、ステップS21の処理の順序とを入れ替える。すなわち、判定処理部320は、この場合には、図10のステップS24の処理を、ステップS21の順序で行い、ステップS21の処理を、ステップS24の順序で行う。図28のステップS81の処理は、図10のステップS21の順序で行われる、ステップS24の処理の一部である。 The determination processing unit 320 may determine, for example, from the character string data included in the feature data, whether the feature data is transfer-prohibited feature data. Then, when it is determined that the feature data is transfer prohibition, the determination processing unit 320 switches the order of the process of step S24 of FIG. 10 and the order of the process of step S21. That is, in this case, the determination processing unit 320 performs the process of step S24 of FIG. 10 in the order of step S21, and performs the process of step S21 in the order of step S24. The process of step S81 of FIG. 28 is a part of the process of step S24 performed in the order of step S21 of FIG.
 ステップS821では、判定処理部320は、ステップS81で、転送の操作で開始されたと判定された場合に(ステップS81:転送操作に基づく)、メールデータにより示される、送信されるメールが、特徴データの文字列、つまり、ルールコードR002における転送禁止の文字列を含むか否かを判定する。 In step S 821, when the determination processing unit 320 determines in step S 81 that the transfer operation has been started (step S 81: based on the transfer operation), the transmitted mail indicated by the mail data is the feature data It is determined whether the character string of (1), that is, the character string prohibiting transfer in the rule code R002 is included.
 なお、このステップS821の処理は、図10のステップS24の順序で行われる、ステップS21の処理の一部であってもよい。 The process of step S821 may be part of the process of step S21 performed in the order of step S24 of FIG.
 ステップS831では、判定処理部320は、文字列が含まれるとの判定がされた場合に(ステップS821:Yes)、取得されたメールデータのメールの送信は禁止されることを判定する(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)。 In step S 831, when it is determined that the character string is included (step S 821: Yes), the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission of the acquired mail data is prohibited (FIG. 5). Step S112: Violation determination, Step S25 b of FIG.
 そして、違反時処理部400は、ステップS831の判定がされれば、メールの送信を禁止し、すなわち、送信を実行させない。なお、この判定は、図5のステップS112における違反判定(図10のステップS25b)である。 Then, when it is determined in step S831, the violation processing unit 400 prohibits the transmission of the mail, that is, does not execute the transmission. This determination is the violation determination in step S112 in FIG. 5 (step S25 b in FIG. 10).
 図29は、転送禁止に関するルールに違反したメールMを表示する状態を有するウェブブラウザ200(左)と、転送禁止のルールへのリンクRLを表示させた状態のウェブブラウザ200(右)とを示す図である。 FIG. 29 shows the web browser 200 (left) having a state of displaying the mail M violating the transfer prohibition rule and the web browser 200 (right) displaying the link RL to the transfer prohibition rule. FIG.
 図29を参照して、上記した、図28を参照して述べた処理の具体例を述べる。 A specific example of the process described above with reference to FIG. 28 will be described with reference to FIG.
 図29のメールMは、ルールコードR002の文字列である、「転送禁止」なる文字列が含まれる。このため、図29のメールMの送信の処理では、送信の種類が、転送操作による送信である場合には(図28のステップS81:転送操作に基づく)、ステップS831の判定がされる。 The mail M in FIG. 29 includes the character string “transfer prohibited”, which is a character string of the rule code R002. Therefore, in the process of transmission of the mail M in FIG. 29, when the type of transmission is transmission by transfer operation (step S81 in FIG. 28: based on transfer operation), the determination in step S831 is made.
 そこで、違反時処理部400は、図29のメールMの送信を禁止し、図29右の状態のウェブブラウザ200のページを表示させ、社内ルール表示制御部421は、表示されるページのなかに、ルールコードR002(図3)のルールのリンクRLを表示させる。 Therefore, the violation processing unit 400 prohibits the transmission of the mail M in FIG. 29, and displays the page of the web browser 200 in the state of the right in FIG. 29, and the internal rule display control unit 421 displays the page displayed. , The link RL of the rule of the rule code R002 (FIG. 3) is displayed.
 ステップS822では、判定処理部320は、文字列が含まれないとの判定がされた場合に(ステップS821:No)、転送される転送メールが、開示範囲が規定されたメールであるか否かを判定する。メールデータは、送信されるメールの本文を含む。そして、転送メールは、含まれるメールの本文の最後尾などに添付される。そこで、判定処理部320は、送信されるメールの本文の最後尾に添付された転送メールを特定して、特定された転送メールのうちに、開示範囲を規定する箇所が含まれるか否かを判定する。つまり、判定処理部320は、開示範囲が規定されることがメールデータにより示されるか否かを判定し、要するに、開示範囲の規定があるか否かの判定を行う。 In step S822, when it is determined that the character string is not included (step S821: No), the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the transferred e-mail to be transferred is an e-mail whose disclosure range is defined. Determine The email data includes the text of the email to be sent. Then, the forwarding mail is attached to the end of the text of the included mail. Therefore, the determination processing unit 320 specifies the transfer mail attached to the end of the text of the mail to be sent, and whether or not the specified transfer mail includes a portion defining the disclosure range. judge. That is, the determination processing unit 320 determines whether or not the disclosure range is specified by the mail data, and in other words, determines whether or not the disclosure range is defined.
 ステップS823では、開示範囲が規定されないことが判定された場合に(ステップS822:No)、判定処理部320が、転送メールが限定メールか否かを判定する。例えば、判定処理部320は、転送メールのメールヘッダのうちに、転送メールが限定メールであることを示す予め定められたメールヘッダが含まれる場合に、限定メールであることを判定してもよい。 In step S823, when it is determined that the disclosure range is not defined (step S822: No), the determination processing unit 320 determines whether the transfer e-mail is a limited e-mail. For example, if the mail header of the transfer mail includes a predetermined mail header indicating that the transfer mail is a limited mail, the determination processing unit 320 may determine that the mail is a limited mail. .
 ステップS832では、判定処理部320は、開示範囲が規定されることが判定された場合(ステップS822:Yes)、及び限定メールであることが判定された場合に(ステップS823:Yes)おいて、警告を行うことを判定する(図5のステップS112:違反判定、図10のステップS25b)。 In step S832, when the determination processing unit 320 determines that the disclosure range is defined (step S822: Yes) and when it is determined that the disclosure mail is a limited mail (step S823: Yes), It is determined to give a warning (Step S112 in FIG. 5: violation determination, Step S25 b in FIG. 10).
 そして、違反時処理部400は、ステップS832の判定がされた場合、そのメールの送信は実行するものの、例えば社内ルール表示制御部421などにより、警告を表示させる。表示させる警告は、その送信は、開示範囲を規定するメールの送信であることを示し、又は、限定メールの送信であることを示す。 Then, when it is determined in step S 832, the in-violation processing unit 400 causes the warning to be displayed by, for example, the in-house rule display control unit 421 although the transmission of the mail is executed. The warning to be displayed indicates that the transmission is transmission of a mail defining a disclosure range, or indicates transmission of a limited mail.
 ステップS833では、判定処理部320は、ステップS823で、限定メールではないことが判定された場合に(ステップS823:No)、送信はルールに違反しないことを判定する(図5のステップS112:適合判定、図10のステップS25a)。 In step S833, when it is determined in step S823 that the mail is not the limited mail (step S823: No), the determination processing unit 320 determines that the transmission does not violate the rule (step S112 in FIG. 5: conforming). Determination, step S25a of FIG.
 (確認表示)
 図30は、図5の左に示されるウェブメールサーバ処理を、より詳細に示すフローチャートである。
(Confirmation display)
FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the web mail server process shown on the left of FIG. 5 in more detail.
 図30のステップS111、S112、S11aについては、図5の説明における、それぞれの箇所で述べた通りである。 Steps S111, S112, and S11a in FIG. 30 are as described in the description of FIG.
 ステップS94では、判定処理部320は、ルール判定条件マスタDB311に保持される複数の特徴データのうちで、ステップS112(図5参照)での処理をしていない残りの特徴データを選択し、残りの特徴データがあり、選択ができる場合には(ステップS94:Yes)、選択した特徴データについてのステップS112~S11aの処理をウェブメールサーバ100に行わせる。 In step S94, the determination processing unit 320 selects the remaining feature data not processed in step S112 (see FIG. 5) among the plurality of feature data held in the rule determination condition master DB 311, If there is the feature data of and the selection is possible (step S94: Yes), the web mail server 100 is made to perform the processing of steps S112 to S11a for the selected feature data.
 なお、このような処理については、先の図5の説明においても、述べた通りである。 Such processing is as described above in the description of FIG.
 ステップS95では、確認処理部431(図2)が、ステップS94で、残りの特徴データがなく、選択できない場合に(ステップS94:No)、メールの送信が中止され、送信されないか否かを判定する。 In step S95, the confirmation processing unit 431 (FIG. 2) determines whether the mail transmission is canceled and not transmitted if there is no remaining feature data in step S94 and it can not be selected (step S94: No). Do.
 図31は、確認表示Fを示す図である。 FIG. 31 is a diagram showing a confirmation display F.
 ステップS96では、送信がされると判定された場合に(ステップS95:Yes)、確認処理部431が、送信の確認表示Fをウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。 In step S96, when it is determined that transmission is to be performed (step S95: Yes), the confirmation processing unit 431 causes the web browser 200 to display a confirmation display F of transmission.
 なお、ステップS96では、確認処理部431は、上述したリンクやルールの表示、回避方法情報の表示、事故事例情報の表示(図11参照)が全て終了した後に、確認表示Fを表示させる。 In step S96, the confirmation processing unit 431 displays the confirmation display F after all the display of the links and the rules, the display of the avoidance method information, and the display of the accident case information described above (see FIG. 11) are completed.
 例えば、確認処理部431は、メールMが送信される際に、警告等の表示(図7等)がされた後に、図13に示す確認表示Fの画面をウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。 For example, when the mail M is transmitted, the confirmation processing unit 431 causes the web browser 200 to display the screen of the confirmation display F illustrated in FIG.
 そして、確認処理部431は、図31に示されるように、例えば、確認表示Fのうちに、送信されるメールの複数の宛先を表示させ、ユーザ12uに再度確認させる。 Then, as shown in FIG. 31, for example, the confirmation processing unit 431 displays a plurality of destinations of the transmitted mail in the confirmation display F, and causes the user 12 u to confirm again.
 なお、図31の2つの破線の6角形について、左の6角形は、確認処理部431が表示をさせる処理を示し、右の六角形は、ウェブブラウザ200による、メールの送信の処理を示す。 The left hexagon in FIG. 31 indicates the process of causing the confirmation processing unit 431 to display, and the right hexagon indicates the process of sending mail by the web browser 200.
 (課金)
 図32は、課金表示制御部119等を示す図である。
(Billing)
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the charging display control unit 119 and the like.
 ウェブメールサーバ100は、さらに、保持容量取得部115と、課金判定部118と、課金表示制御部119とを備える。 The web mail server 100 further includes a storage capacity acquisition unit 115, a charge determination unit 118, and a charge display control unit 119.
 保持容量取得部115は、ウェブメールサーバ100により保持された、ユーザ12uのメールなどの、ウェブメールサーバ100に保持された、ユーザ12uのデータのうちの全てのデータのデータ量を合計したデータ量を取得する。保持容量取得部115は、例えば、ウェブサーバに保持された、それぞれのデータのデータ量から、上記の合計のデータ量を算出することにより、合計のデータ量を取得してもよい。 The storage capacity acquisition unit 115 is a data amount obtained by totaling the data amounts of all the data of the user 12 u held by the web mail server 100, such as mail of the user 12 u held by the web mail server 100. To get The storage capacity acquisition unit 115 may acquire the total data amount by calculating the total data amount from the data amount of each data held in the web server, for example.
 ここで、取得されるデータ量は、例えば1ヶ月などの所定期間にわたって平均された場合の平均量であり、データを保持させるユーザ12uへの課金の額が特定される基となるデータ量である。 Here, the amount of data acquired is an average amount when averaged over a predetermined period such as one month, for example, and is an amount of data on which a charge amount for the user 12 u holding data is specified. .
 ここで、課金の額は、例えば、会社の会計において、ユーザ12uのコストの一部として計上される金額である。そして、課金の額は、例えば、図32の課金レートマスタDBに示されるように、平均量が多くなるほど、大きな額である。 Here, the charge amount is, for example, an amount recorded as part of the cost of the user 12 u in company accounting. Then, the amount of charging is, for example, a larger amount as the average amount increases, as shown in the charging rate master DB of FIG.
 具体的には、例えば、保持容量取得部115は、ウェブメールサーバ100のOS(Operating System)の機能を用いて、適切なデータ量を算出することによって、取得するべきデータ量を取得してもよい。 Specifically, for example, even if the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 acquires an amount of data to be acquired by calculating an appropriate amount of data using the function of the operating system (OS) of the web mail server 100. Good.
 課金判定部118は、保持容量取得部115に取得されるデータ量が、予め定められたメッセージデータ量に達したか否かを判定する。 The charge determination unit 118 determines whether the amount of data acquired by the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 has reached a predetermined amount of message data.
 ここで、メッセージデータ量は、データ量がメッセージデータ量に達した場合には、ウェブブラウザ200が課金メッセージをウェブブラウザ200に表示させるのが適切である量に設定される。なお、後述のように、課金レートマスタDB116のデータと、管理テーブル117のデータとの全体よりなる特定データにより、メッセージデータ量が特定される。 Here, the message data amount is set to an amount appropriate for the web browser 200 to cause the web browser 200 to display a billing message when the data amount reaches the message data amount. As will be described later, the message data amount is specified by specific data consisting of the data of the charging rate master DB 116 and the data of the management table 117 as a whole.
 課金表示制御部119は、データ量がメッセージデータ量であると判定された場合に、データ量がメッセージデータ量であることを示す課金メッセージをウェブブラウザ200に表示させる。例えば、課金表示制御部119は、判定がされた場合に、図32の右のウェブブラウザ200に示される課金案内メッセージ201nを表示させる。 When it is determined that the data amount is the message data amount, the charging display control unit 119 causes the web browser 200 to display a charging message indicating that the data amount is the message data amount. For example, when the determination is made, the charging display control unit 119 causes the charging guidance message 201 n shown on the right web browser 200 of FIG. 32 to be displayed.
 (課金レートマスタDB116および管理テーブル117)
 そこで、メッセージデータ量について、より詳しく説明する。
(Charging rate master DB 116 and management table 117)
Therefore, the message data amount will be described in more detail.
 ウェブメールサーバ100は、さらに、課金レートマスタDB116と、管理テーブル117とを備える(図32)。 The web mail server 100 further includes a charging rate master DB 116 and a management table 117 (FIG. 32).
 課金レートマスタDB116は、データ量の平均量と、課金の額との対応関係を保持する。例えば、課金レートマスタDB116は、図32に示されるように、0MB~100MBの平均量に対して、500円を対応付け、100MB~500MBの平均量に対して、1000円を対応付けるなどする対応関係を保持する。 The charging rate master DB 116 holds the correspondence between the average amount of data and the amount of charging. For example, as shown in FIG. 32, the charge rate master DB 116 is a correspondence relationship in which 500 yen is associated with an average amount of 0 MB to 100 MB, and 1000 yen is associated with an average amount of 100 MB to 500 MB. Hold.
 ここで、保持される対応関係は、500円から1000円に課金の額が変化する100MBの課金変化点や、1000円から2000円に課金の額が変化する500MBの課金変化点などの、課金の額が変化する課金変化点を特定する。 Here, the correspondence relationship held is a charge change point of 100 MB in which the amount of charge changes from 500 yen to 1000 yen, and a charge change point of 500 MB in which the amount of charge changes from 1000 yen to 2000 yen. Identify the charge change point where the amount of money changes.
 また、課金レートマスタDB116は、ユーザ12uのデータ量の平均量として、会社が許す限度である許容限度データ量を保持する。例えば、課金レートマスタDB116は、図32に示されるように、2GBのデータ量を、許容限度データ量として保持する。 Further, the charging rate master DB 116 holds, as an average amount of data amount of the user 12 u, an allowable limit data amount which is a limit permitted by the company. For example, as shown in FIG. 32, the charging rate master DB 116 holds an amount of data of 2 GB as an allowable amount of data.
 特定データ量は、課金変化データ量と、許容限度データ量とを含む。特定データ量は、データ量がそのデータ量の近傍内である場合には、そのことがユーザ12uに示されるべきデータ量である。 The specific data amount includes the charge change data amount and the allowable limit data amount. The specific data amount is the data amount to be shown to the user 12 u when the data amount is in the vicinity of the data amount.
 課金レートマスタDB116は、上述した課金変化点のデータ量、および、許容限度データ量を、特定データ量として特定する。 The charging rate master DB 116 specifies the data amount of the charging change point described above and the allowable limit data amount as the specific data amount.
 そして、上述されたメッセージデータ量は、特定データ量の近傍のデータ量である。近傍とは、特定データ量の80%のデータ量から、105%のデータ量である。ここで、メッセージデータ量は、特定データ量の80%~90%の区間のデータ量である、注意の区間のデータ量と、90%~104%の区間である、警告の区間のデータ量と、104%~105%の区間である、課金案内の区間のデータ量とが含まれる(図32の管理テーブル117参照)。 The message data amount described above is the amount of data in the vicinity of the specific data amount. The neighborhood is the data volume of 105% from the data volume of 80% of the specific data volume. Here, the message data amount is the data amount of the 80% to 90% of the specific data amount, the data amount of the attention section, and the data amount of the warning section which is the 90% to 104% section. , The data amount of the section of the charging guide, which is a section of 104% to 105% (see the management table 117 of FIG. 32).
 課金レートマスタDB116は、それぞれの特定データ量を特定する。 The charging rate master DB 116 specifies each specific data amount.
 管理テーブル117は、特定データ量から、その特定データ量のそれぞれの区間が特定されるデータを保持する。保持されるデータは、特定データ量と、それぞれの区間との対応関係を特定する。具体的には、保持されるデータは、上記された、80%~90%などの、特定データ量に対する、その区間のデータ量の割合の範囲を特定する。 The management table 117 holds data in which each section of the specific data amount is specified from the specific data amount. The held data specifies the correspondence between the specific data amount and each section. Specifically, the held data specifies the range of the ratio of the data amount of the section to the specific data amount, such as 80% to 90% described above.
 そして、課金レートマスタDB116及び管理テーブル117の全体は、課金レートマスタDB116によって、それぞれの特定データ量を特定するのと共に、特定されるそれぞれの特定データ量、及び、上記の対応関係により、その特定データ量に対応した、それぞれの区間のデータ量を特定する。これにより、これら課金レートマスタDB116等は、それぞれの特定データ量における、それらの区間のうちの全ての区間でのデータ量を、メッセージデータ量と特定する。また、課金レートマスタDB116等は、メッセージデータ量のうちで、それぞれの区間の部分のデータ量を、その区間のデータ量として特定する。 Then, the charging rate master DB 116 and the management table 117 as a whole specify the respective specific data amount by the charging rate master DB 116, and the specific data amount specified and the above-mentioned correspondence relationship. The data amount of each section corresponding to the data amount is specified. As a result, the charging rate master DB 116 and the like specify the amount of data in all of the sections in the specific data amount as the message data amount. Further, the charging rate master DB 116 or the like specifies the data amount of the part of each section as the data amount of the section among the message data amounts.
 課金判定部118は、保持容量取得部115によって取得されたデータ量が、メッセージデータ量であるか否かを判定する。そして、課金表示制御部119は、取得されたデータ量がメッセージデータ量であると判定された場合、予め定められた表示を、表示させる。このとき、具体的には、例えば、課金表示制御部119は、複数の特定データ量のうちで、取得されたデータ量が、何れの特定データ量におけるメッセージデータ量であるかを示す表示を、ウェブブラウザ200に表示させてもよい。また、このとき、例えば、課金表示制御部119は、そのメッセージデータ量の複数の区間のうちで、取得されたデータ量が含まれる区間を示す表示を、ウェブブラウザ200に表示させてもよい。 The charge determination unit 118 determines whether the data amount acquired by the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 is a message data amount. Then, when it is determined that the acquired data amount is the message data amount, the charging display control unit 119 displays a predetermined display. At this time, specifically, for example, among the plurality of specific data amounts, the charging display control unit 119 displays a display indicating which specific data amount the acquired data amount is the message data amount in, It may be displayed on the web browser 200. At this time, for example, the charging display control unit 119 may cause the web browser 200 to display a display indicating a section including the acquired data amount among a plurality of sections of the message data amount.
 これらの点に関して、より具体的には、例えば、以下の通りである。 More specifically, these points are as follows, for example.
 管理テーブル117は、特定データ量と、特定データ量の近傍との対応関係を保持する。例えば、具体的には、図32に示されるように、近傍特定データは、特定データに対して、その特定データの特定データ量に最低割合80%を乗じた最低データ量から、最高割合105%を乗じた最高データ量よりなる近傍を対応付ける。管理テーブル117は、これら最低割合80%および最高割合105%のペアよりなる近傍特定データを保持する。 The management table 117 holds the correspondence between the specific data amount and the vicinity of the specific data amount. For example, as shown in FIG. 32, specifically, the vicinity specific data is the highest ratio 105% from the lowest data amount obtained by multiplying the specific data amount of the specific data by the lowest ratio 80% with respect to the specific data. Corresponds the neighborhood consisting of the highest data amount multiplied by. The management table 117 holds neighborhood specific data consisting of pairs of the lowest percentage 80% and the highest percentage 105%.
 これにより、管理テーブル117は、近傍特定データにより特定される近傍に含まれるデータ量を、上記したメッセージデータ量として特定し、具体的には、特定データ量の80%の最低データ量から、105%の最高データ量までの各データ量を、メッセージデータ量と特定する。 As a result, the management table 117 specifies the amount of data contained in the vicinity specified by the vicinity specifying data as the above-mentioned message data amount, specifically, from the minimum data amount of 80% of the specific data amount, Each data volume up to the maximum data volume% is specified as the message data volume.
 また、管理テーブル117は、金額(課金変化点等)の近傍を、メッセージの種類(注意、警告、課金案内)に対応する複数の区間に分ける区間特定データを有する。具体的には、図32に示されるように、区間特定データは、区間のうちの最低の割合と最高の割合とによって、それらの区間を各々特定する。そして、区間特定データは、注意の区間として、80%~90%の割合のデータ量の区間を特定し、警告の区間として、90%~104%の割合のデータ量の区間を特定し、課金案内の区間として、104%~105%の割合のデータ量の区間を特定する。区間特定データは、具体的には、それらの区間を特定する割合の範囲によって構成されてもよい。 The management table 117 also has section identification data for dividing the vicinity of the amount of money (charging change point etc.) into a plurality of sections corresponding to the type of message (attention, warning, charging guide). Specifically, as shown in FIG. 32, the section identification data specifies each of the sections by the lowest ratio and the highest ratio of the sections. The section identification data specifies an 80% to 90% proportion data amount section as the attention section, specifies a 90% to 104% proportion data amount section as the warning section, and charges As a section of guidance, a section of data volume with a rate of 104% to 105% is specified. The section identification data may be specifically configured by a range of ratios for identifying those sections.
 そして、課金判定部118は、保持容量取得部115によって取得されたデータ量が、何れかの特定データ量の80%~105%のデータ量である場合には、取得されたデータ量は近傍のデータ量であり、つまり、メッセージデータ量であると特定(判定)する。 When the amount of data acquired by the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 is 80% to 105% of the amount of any specific data, the charge determination unit 118 determines that the acquired amount of data is in the vicinity. It is specified (judged) that it is a data amount, that is, a message data amount.
 課金表示制御部119は、複数の特定データ量(課金変化点のデータ量、許容限度データ量)のうちに、保持容量取得部115によって取得されたデータ量が、その近傍に含まれる特定データ量があると判定されれば、課金メッセージを表示させる。 Among the plurality of specific data amounts (data amount at charging change point, allowable limit data amount), the charging display control unit 119 includes the specific data amount in the vicinity of which the data amount acquired by the holding capacity acquiring unit 115 is included. If it is determined that there is, the accounting message is displayed.
 そして、課金判定部118は、保持容量取得部115によって取得されたデータ量が、特定データ量の近傍に含まれることが特定(判定)される場合に、その近傍のうちの複数の種類の区分のうちで、取得されたデータ量が含まれる区分の種類を特定する。特定される種類は、先述のよう、注意、警告、課金案内が含まれる。 Then, when it is specified (determined) that the data amount acquired by the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 is included in the vicinity of the specific data amount, the charge determination unit 118 divides the plurality of types of the vicinity thereof. In the above, the type of division in which the acquired data amount is included is specified. Types to be identified include cautions, warnings, and charging guidance as described above.
 課金表示制御部119は、課金メッセージを表示させる際に、表示させる課金メッセージのなかに、特定された種類を表示させる。 When displaying the charging message, the charging display control unit 119 displays the identified type in the charging message to be displayed.
 図33は、課金レートマスタDB116および管理テーブル117が用いられることによって、課金メッセージが表示される処理を示す図である。 FIG. 33 is a diagram showing processing in which a charging message is displayed by using the charging rate master DB 116 and the management table 117.
 図33における(1)の行は、保持容量取得部115によって取得されるデータ量が50MBである場合に行われる処理を示す。(1)の場合、取得されるデータ量50MBは、最低の特定データ量である100MBに対して80%を乗じた100MB×80%=80MB未満である。このため、取得されるデータ量は、何れの特定データ量(100MB、500MB、1GB、2GB)の近傍でもない。このため、課金判定部118は、取得されるデータ量50MBは、メッセージデータ量ではないと判定する。課金表示制御部119は、この判定がされることにより、(1)の行における最も右の列に示されるように、データ量が特定データ量の近傍に達したことを示す課金メッセージは表示させず、単に、「ただ今の課金は、月額500円です。」というアナウンスを表示させる。 The line (1) in FIG. 33 shows a process performed when the amount of data acquired by the storage capacity acquisition unit 115 is 50 MB. In the case of (1), the acquired data amount of 50 MB is less than 100 MB × 80% = 80 MB multiplied by 80% with respect to 100 MB which is the minimum specific data amount. For this reason, the amount of data acquired is not near any specific data amount (100 MB, 500 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB). Therefore, the charge determination unit 118 determines that the acquired data amount of 50 MB is not the message data amount. By this determination being made, the charging display control unit 119 causes the charging message indicating that the data amount has reached the vicinity of the specific data amount to be displayed as shown in the rightmost column of the row (1). Instead, simply display the announcement "The current charge is 500 yen per month."
 図33における(2)~(4)の行は、取得されるデータ量が80MB以上であり、かつ、105MB未満である場合に行われる処理を示す。(2)~(4)の場合、取得されるデータ量が、上記した80MB以上であり、かつ、100MB×105%=105MB未満であることから、課金判定部118は、取得されるデータ量が、特定データ量100MBの近傍のデータ量であり、メッセージデータ量であると判定する。課金表示制御部119は、この判定がされることから、データ量が特定データ量の近傍に達したことを示す課金メッセージを表示させる。そして、課金判定部118は、(2)~(4)の場合に、それぞれ、データ量が、注意、警告、課金案内の区間に含まれることを判定して、それぞれ、データ量が含まれる種類を、注意、警告、課金案内として、課金メッセージにおいて表示させる。 Rows (2) to (4) in FIG. 33 indicate processing performed when the amount of acquired data is 80 MB or more and less than 105 MB. In the case of (2) to (4), the amount of acquired data is equal to or greater than 80 MB and 100 MB × 105% = less than 105 MB. The amount of data in the vicinity of the specific data amount of 100 MB is determined to be the amount of message data. Since this determination is made, the charging display control unit 119 displays a charging message indicating that the data amount has reached the vicinity of the specific data amount. Then, in the cases of (2) to (4), the charging determination unit 118 determines that the data amount is included in the sections of caution, warning, and charging guide, respectively, and the type including the data amount. Is displayed in the charging message as a caution, warning, and charging guide.
 すなわち、データ量が80MB以上であり、かつ、90MB(=100MB×90%)未満である(2)の場合には、課金判定部118は、メッセージの種類を注意と判定し、課金表示制御部119は、注意なる種類を表示させる。また、データ量が、90MB以上であり、104MB(100MB×104%)未満である(3)の場合には、課金判定部118は、メッセージの種類を警告と判定し、課金表示制御部119は警告なる種類を表示させる。また、データ量が、104MB以上であり、105(100MB×105%)MB未満である(4)の場合には、課金判定部118は、メッセージの種類を、課金案内と判定し、課金表示制御部119は、課金案内なる種類を表示させる。 That is, in the case (2) where the amount of data is 80 MB or more and less than 90 MB (= 100 MB × 90%), the charge determination unit 118 determines the type of the message as a warning, and the charge display control unit 119 displays the type to be careful. Further, in the case (3) where the amount of data is 90 MB or more and less than 104 MB (100 MB × 104%) (3), the charge determination unit 118 determines the type of the message as a warning, and the charge display control unit 119 Display a warning type. Also, if the data amount is 104 MB or more and less than 105 (100 MB × 105%) MB (4), the charge determination unit 118 determines the type of the message as the charge guide, and the charge display control The unit 119 displays the type of charging guide.
 同様にして、課金判定部118は、取得されるデータ量が、100MB以外の他の特定データ量の近傍に含まれる場合にも、それぞれ、適切な表示をさせる。 Similarly, when the acquired data amount is included in the vicinity of another specific data amount other than 100 MB, the charge determination unit 118 displays an appropriate display.
 ただし、(6)~(9)は、取得されるデータ量が、特定データ量の近傍であり、かつ、データ量が近傍に含まれる特定データ量が、許容限度データ量(2GB)である場合に行われる処理を示す。 However, in cases (6) to (9), the amount of acquired data is near the amount of specific data, and the amount of specific data contained in the vicinity of the amount of data is the allowable amount of data (2 GB) Show the processing to be performed.
 課金表示制御部119は、データ量が、許容限度データ量の近傍に達した(6)~(9)の場合には、図33に示されるように、重大注意、重大警告、問題発生などの、データ量が許容限度データ量に達したことを示す課金メッセージを表示させる。 In the case of (6) to (9) in which the data amount has reached the vicinity of the allowable limit data amount, the charge display control unit 119, as shown in FIG. , Display a charging message indicating that the amount of data has reached the allowable amount of data.
 こうして、次のメール機能提供装置等がそれぞれ構成される。 Thus, the following mail function providing devices are configured.
 ウェブメール利用システム(社内システム1)であって、コンピュータ(社員コンピュータ12)のウェブブラウザ(ウェブブラウザ200)に、ウェブメールのインタフェース(表示されるページ、ボタン、リンク、文字など)を表示させて、当該コンピュータのユーザにウェブメールを利用させるウェブメール機能提供部(メールデータ取得部111)と、前記ウェブブラウザにより行われるウェブメールの送信が予め定められたルールに違反するか否かを判定する判定部(判定部300)と、当該ルールの文言を特定する文言特定データを記憶する文言特定データ記憶部(ルール特定情報DB411)と、前記判定部により違反との判定がされた場合に、保持される前記文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる表示制御部(表示制御部421a:社内ルール表示制御部421、事故事例表示制御部422、回避方法表示制御部423、確認処理部431、承認処理部432、判定ログ表示制御部502、課金表示制御部119)とを備えるメール機能提供装置(ウェブメールサーバ装置11)が構成される。なお、ここで、ウェブメールを利用させるとは、当該コンピュータに、ウェブメールを編集するインタフェースを表示させ、編集が終わったメールのメールデータを取得し、そして、そのメールの宛先の宛先コンピュータにより、そのメールが受信されるように、その宛先のメールボックスに、データを保持させることをいう。 In the web mail utilization system (in-house system 1), the web browser (web browser 200) of the computer (employee computer 12) displays a web mail interface (pages to be displayed, buttons, links, characters, etc.) Determining whether a webmail function providing unit (mail data acquisition unit 111) causing the user of the computer to use webmail and the transmission of the webmail performed by the web browser violate a predetermined rule Holding when the judgment unit (judgment unit 300), the word identification data storage unit (rule identification information DB 411) storing word identification data for identifying the word of the rule, and the judgment unit judges the violation Control unit that causes the web browser to display the specified term identification data Display control unit 421a: internal rule display control unit 421, accident case display control unit 422, avoidance method display control unit 423, confirmation processing unit 431, approval processing unit 432, determination log display control unit 502, charging display control unit 119) A mail function providing device (web mail server device 11) is provided. Here, to use web mail means to display the interface for editing the web mail on the computer, to obtain the mail data of the mail that has been edited, and by the destination computer of the mail destination, It means having the data stored in the destination mailbox so that the mail is received.
 これにより、メールの機能が用いられるウェブブラウザにおいて、ユーザに警告を行うルールの文言の表示が行われる。これにより、ユーザのコンピュータに特別なソフトウェアがインストールしてあるか否かなどのユーザ側の事情に関わらずに、確実に、ルールに違反する不適切な送信が防止できる。 As a result, in the web browser using the mail function, the display of the wording of the rule for warning the user is performed. Thereby, regardless of the user's circumstances such as whether or not special software is installed on the user's computer, it is possible to reliably prevent inappropriate transmissions that violate the rules.
 しかも、単なる警告ではなく、その送信が不適切であることを説明する説得的な根拠である、違反に係るルールの文言が表示される。これにより、その送信が不適切であることに対するユーザの意識を確実、十分、かつ迅速に高めることができる。 Moreover, not only a warning but also a persuasive basis for explaining that the transmission is inappropriate, the wording of the rule relating to the violation is displayed. This makes it possible to reliably, sufficiently and quickly raise the user's awareness that the transmission is inappropriate.
 これにより、ひいては、会社における社内システム1においてメールの機能が提供され、ユーザ12uは、適切な送信をする意識が低いユーザである可能性があるにも関わらず、確実に不適切な送信を防ぐことができる。また、容易、迅速に、ユーザ12uにおける、適切な送信をする意識を高めさせることができる。これにより、ひいては、意識が低いユーザがおり、例えばルールを知らないユーザや、ルールを知るのが遅いユーザがいても、会社における社内システム1において、メールの機能を各ユーザに利用させることができる。 As a result, the function of e-mail is provided in the in-house system 1 in the company, and the user 12 u can reliably prevent inappropriate transmission despite the possibility of being a user who is low in consciousness to appropriately transmit. be able to. In addition, it is possible to make the user 12 u more aware of appropriate transmission easily and quickly. As a result, even if there is a low-conscious user, for example, a user who does not know the rule or a user who knows the rule late, it is possible to make each user use the mail function in the in-house system 1 in the company. .
 つまり、ルールの文言たる文字列が表示できる文言特定データ(Excelのファイル等)が文言特定データ記憶部により記憶される。他方、ルールの判定が判定部によってされる。そして、違反の判定がされた場合には、表示制御部により、表示に利用するデータとして、単なる警告の文字列などではなく、記憶部に記憶された文言特定データが取得されて、取得された文言特定データが利用される。これにより、表示に際して、ルールの文字列が表示できる。これにより、違反の判定に際して表示されるデータとして、より適切なデータが表示できる。 That is, word-specific data (such as an Excel file) that can display a character string that is a word of a rule is stored by the word-specific data storage unit. On the other hand, determination of the rule is performed by the determination unit. When the violation is determined, the display control unit acquires, as data to be used for display, the wording specific data stored in the storage unit rather than the simple warning character string or the like. Wording specific data is used. Thus, the character string of the rule can be displayed at the time of display. As a result, more appropriate data can be displayed as data to be displayed when determining a violation.
 なお、表示制御部(違反時処理部400)は、社内ルール表示制御部421によって、文言特定データをウェブブラウザに表示させる。 The display control unit (violation processing unit 400) causes the in-company rule display control unit 421 to display the term identification data on the web browser.
 また、前記ウェブブラウザによりウェブメールが送信されるのに際して、当該ウェブブラウザからデータを取得するデータ取得部(メールデータ取得部111)と、前記送信が前記ルールに違反する場合には当該データが有する予め定められた特徴を特定する特徴データを保持する特徴データ保持部(ルール判定条件マスタDB311)とを備え、前記判定部は、取得された前記データが、保持される当該特徴データにより特定される特徴を有するなら、前記送信は違反であると判定するメール機能提供装置が構成される。なお、ここで、データ取得部は、例えば、メール機能提供部の一部又は全部である。 In addition, when the web browser transmits a web mail, a data acquisition unit (mail data acquisition unit 111) that acquires data from the web browser, and the transmission has the data if the transmission violates the rule And a feature data holding unit (rule determination condition master DB 311) for holding feature data specifying a predetermined feature, wherein the determination unit is configured to specify the acquired data by the held feature data If it has a feature, a mail function providing device is configured to determine that the transmission is a violation. Here, the data acquisition unit is, for example, part or all of the mail function providing unit.
 また、前記ルールに違反した送信による事故の事例を特定する事故事例情報を記憶する事故事例情報記憶部(事故事例情報DB412)を備え、前記表示制御部は、前記違反との判定がされた場合に、前記文言特定データと共に、記憶された当該事故事例情報を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させるメール機能提供装置が構成される。 In addition, an accident case information storage unit (accident case information DB 412) for storing accident case information for specifying an accident case due to transmission violating the rule is provided, and the display control unit determines that the violation is determined. In addition, the mail function providing device is configured to cause the web browser to display the stored accident case information together with the wording specification data.
 これにより、単にルールの文言が表示されるだけでは、どうしてそのルールが妥当であるのかをユーザが納得できず、ルールの違反が繰り返されてしまう事態を回避できる。すなわち、ルールと共に、ルールが妥当である具体的な根拠となる事故事例を示すことにより、より確実に、ユーザ12uが、違反をしないようになり、より確実に、不適切な送信が少なくなるようにできる。 Thus, it is possible to prevent the user from being convinced why the rule is valid only by simply displaying the wording of the rule, and to avoid the situation where the violation of the rule is repeated. In other words, by showing the specific ground accident case that the rule is valid together with the rule, the user 12 u will be more likely not to violate, and there will be less inappropriate transmission more reliably. You can
 また、前記送信が前記ルールに違反するのを回避する回避方法を特定する回避方法情報を記憶する回避方法情報記憶部(回避方法情報DB413)を備え、前記表示制御部は、前記違反との判定がされた場合に、前記文言特定データおよび前記事故事例情報と共に、記憶された当該回避方法情報を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させるメール機能提供装置が構成される。 The display control unit further includes an avoidance method information storage unit (a avoidance method information DB 413) for storing avoidance method information that specifies an avoidance method for avoiding the transmission from violating the rule, and the display control unit determines the violation. A mail function providing device is configured to display the stored avoidance method information on the web browser together with the wording specific data and the accident case information when being removed.
 これにより、ユーザ12uが、ルールに違反しない意思があるのに、単に、回避方法を知らないというだけで、違反がされてしまう事態を防げる。すなわち、ウェブブラウザに回避方法情報が表示されることで、回避方法が知らされる。これによって、確実に、ユーザ12uが、違反を回避できるようになり、より確実に、不適切な送信がされることを防ぎ、適切な送信が行われるようにできる。 This prevents the user 12 u from being violated simply by not knowing the evasion method although the user 12 u intends to not violate the rules. That is, the avoidance method is known by displaying the avoidance method information on the web browser. This ensures that the user 12 u can avoid violations, and more reliably prevent inappropriate transmission and ensure proper transmission.
 また、前記判定部により前記送信が違反と判定された場合に、当該回避方法のうちの少なくとも一部を実施する予め定められた処理を実行する回避方法実行部(回避方法表示制御部423)を備えるメール機能提供装置が構成される。 In addition, when the determination unit determines that the transmission is a violation, an avoidance method execution unit (a avoidance method display control unit 423) that executes a predetermined process of performing at least a part of the avoidance method. A mail function providing device provided is configured.
 これにより、違反の判定がされた際に、すぐに、違反を回避した送信を実際にユーザ12uに経験させて、以後、ユーザ12uがその回避方法を用いて、違反を回避するようにできる。これにより、さらに確実に、不適切な送信がされるのを少なくできる。 This allows the user 12 u to actually experience the transmission that avoided the violation immediately when the determination of the violation is made, and thereafter the user 12 u can use the avoidance method to avoid the violation. This can more reliably reduce the occurrence of inappropriate transmissions.
 また、前記判定部により、送信が違反であるとの判定がされた場合に、当該判定がされたことを示す記録データを記録する判定記録部(判定ログDB501)を備え、前記表示制御部(表示制御部421a(判定ログ表示制御部502))は、前記ウェブブラウザによってウェブメールの送信がされるに際して、前記判定記録部が当該記録を記録するか否かを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させるメール機能提供装置が構成される。 The display control unit (determination log DB 501) is configured to record recording data indicating that the determination is made when the determination unit determines that transmission is a violation. A display control unit 421a (judgment log display control unit 502) is a mail function that causes the web browser to display whether or not the judgment recording unit records the record when web mail is transmitted by the web browser. A provision device is configured.
 また、前記表示制御部は、前記判定記録部により、違反であるとの判定がされたことを示す前記記録データが記録されていない場合にのみ、前記回避方法情報を表示させるメール機能提供装置が構成される。 In the mail function providing device, the display control unit displays the avoidance method information only when the recording data indicating that the determination recording unit determines that the violation is not made is recorded. Configured
 また、前記表示制御部は、送信が違反との前記判定がされた場合に、前記予め定められた処理を前記回避方法実行部に実行させるインタフェース(図21右の状態のページ、実行ボタンAe1等)を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させ、前記回避方法実行部は、前記違反の判定がされた場合に、表示される当該インタフェースによって前記ユーザが当該処理をさせる入力をする場合に、前記処理を実行するメール機能提供装置が構成される。 In addition, the display control unit causes the interface to execute the predetermined process when the determination that the transmission is a violation is made (a page in the state shown in the right of FIG. 21, an execution button Ae1, etc. ) Is displayed on the web browser, and the avoidance method execution unit executes the processing when the user causes the processing to be input by the displayed interface when the determination of the violation is made. A mail function providing device is configured.
 また、前記ルールは、複数の宛先を有するウェブメールの送信を違反とする第1のルール(ルールコードR008のルール)を含み、前記判定部は、送信されるウェブメールの宛先が複数か否かを判定し、前記表示制御部は、宛先が複数であることが判定された場合に、前記文言特定データ記憶部に記憶された当該第1のルールの文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示(例えばリンクRL(図7)を表示)させるメール機能提供装置が構成される。 Further, the rule includes a first rule (rule of rule code R008) in which transmission of a web mail having a plurality of destinations is a violation, and the determination unit determines whether the destinations of the web mail to be transmitted are plural or not. When it is determined that there are a plurality of destinations, the display control unit displays the wording specific data of the first rule stored in the wording specific data storage unit on the web browser (for example, A mail function providing device for displaying the link RL (FIG. 7) is configured.
 こうして、宛先が複数のウェブメールが送信されると、第1の宛先で、第2の宛先が明らかになる。このことで、例えば第1の宛先と、第2の宛先との間での談合が起きてしまう恐れが生じるなどする。つまり、他方の宛先という、明らかにする必要が無用である情報までを明らかにすることにより、不測の事態が生じる。このような不測の事態を回避する第1のルールについて、社内システム1で処理が行われる。 Thus, when a plurality of webmail destinations are sent, the second destination is revealed at the first destination. As a result, for example, there is a possibility that a rigging may occur between the first destination and the second destination. In other words, by revealing the other destination, which is information that is unnecessary to be clarified, an unexpected situation occurs. Processing is performed in the in-house system 1 for the first rule for avoiding such an unexpected situation.
 なお、このような、意識が低いユーザには想像がつき難いルールが、社内システム1により処理されるルールに選ばれることにより、ユーザ12uに必要とされる情報が的確に表示されるようにできる。 In addition, such a rule that is hard to imagine for a low-conscious user is selected as a rule to be processed by the in-house system 1 so that information required for the user 12 u can be accurately displayed. .
 また、前記回避方法情報記憶部は、当該第1のルールの回避方法情報を記憶し、記憶される当該第1のルールの回避方法情報は、ウェブメールにおける各宛先欄のうちで、Blind Carbon Copy欄に前記複数の宛先を記載する方法を示し、前記回避方法実行部は、前記予め定められた処理として、前記複数の宛先が前記Blind Carbon Copy欄のみに記載されるよう当該ウェブメールを修正する処理を行うメール機能提供装置が構成される。 Further, the avoidance method information storage unit stores the avoidance method information of the first rule, and the avoidance method information of the first rule to be stored is Blind Carbon Copy among the respective destination fields in the web mail. The method for describing the plurality of destinations in the field is shown, and the avoidance method execution unit corrects the web mail so that the plurality of destinations are described only in the Blind Carbon Copy field as the predetermined process. A mail function providing apparatus for performing processing is configured.
 ここで、bcc欄に係るこの回避方法情報は、意識が低いユーザには想像がつき難い回避方法情報であり、的確に、必要とされる情報が表示されるようにできる。 Here, the avoidance method information relating to the bcc column is the avoidance method information which is hard to imagine for a low-conscious user, and the necessary information can be accurately displayed.
 また、前記ルールは、ウェブメールの送信が、予め定められた承認者により承認された送信以外の送信であれば、当該送信を違反とする第2のルール(ルールコードR007のルール)を含み、前記回避方法実行部は、当該第2のルールに違反すると前記判定部が判定した場合に、前記予め定められた処理として、当該承認者のコンピュータのウェブブラウザに、当該送信を承認するか否かを示す通知を当該メール機能提供装置に送信するインタフェース(図22の承認可否通知(メール)13M)を表示させる処理を行うメール機能提供装置が構成される。 The rule includes a second rule (rule of rule code R 007) violating the transmission if the transmission of the webmail is a transmission other than the transmission approved by the predetermined approver, Whether the avoidance method execution unit approves the transmission to the web browser of the approver's computer as the predetermined process when the determination unit determines that the second rule is violated. A mail function providing apparatus is configured to display an interface (approval availability notification (mail) 13M in FIG. 22) for transmitting a notification indicating “n” to the mail function providing apparatus.
 また、違反か否かの前記判定に先立って、予め、当該ウェブメールの送信を承認者が承認することを示す通知を取得し、当該通知が取得された場合、取得されたことを示す記録データを記録する承認記録部(承認履歴DB314)を備え、前記判定部は、当該記録データが記録されている場合には、送信が前記第2のルールに違反すると判定しないメール機能提供装置が構成される。 Also, prior to the determination as to whether or not a violation has occurred, a notice indicating that the approver approves the transmission of the web mail is obtained in advance, and when the notice is obtained, recorded data indicating the obtaining. The mail function providing apparatus is configured to include an approval recording unit (approval history DB 314) that records the e-mail, and the determination unit does not determine that transmission violates the second rule when the recording data is recorded. Ru.
 また、前記判定部は、ウェブメールの送信者が予め定められた除外者か否かを判定し(図24のステップS61)、当該除外者ではないと判定される場合にのみ、当該ウェブメールの送信が前記第2のルールに違反すると判定するメール機能提供装置が構成される。 In addition, the determination unit determines whether the sender of the webmail is a predetermined excluded person (step S61 in FIG. 24), and only when it is determined that the sender is not the excluded person, A mail function providing apparatus is configured to determine that transmission violates the second rule.
 また、前記承認記録部は、前記承認者による通知がされた場合に、当該通知の時刻を記録し、前記判定部(判定部300)は、前記承認記録部により前記記録データが記録される場合でも、記憶された、当該通知の前記時刻が予め定められた時刻よりも古い時刻なら、当該送信は前記第2のルールに違反すると判定するメール機能提供装置が構成される。 In addition, when the approval recording unit is notified by the approver, the approval recording unit records the time of the notification, and the determination unit (determination unit 300) records the recording data by the approval recording unit. However, if the stored time of the notification is older than a predetermined time, a mail function providing device is configured to determine that the transmission violates the second rule.
 また、前記ユーザが所属するグループと同じグループに所属する同グループユーザを特定する同グループデータを記憶する同グループ記憶部(組織マスタDB313)を備え、前記判定部は、前記同グループユーザの送信を承認する通知の記録データが前記承認記録部に記録されていれば、当該ユーザの送信を承認する通知の記録データが記録されていない場合でも、当該ユーザの送信を前記第2のルールに違反すると判定しないメール機能提供装置が構成される(図24のステップS65等参照)。 The same group storage unit (organization master DB 313) for storing the same group data that specifies the same group user who belongs to the same group as the group to which the user belongs is provided, and the determination unit transmits the same group user If the recording data of the notification to be approved is recorded in the approval recording unit, even if the recording data of the notification to approve the transmission of the user is not recorded, the transmission of the user is violated the second rule An e-mail function providing device not to be determined is configured (see step S65 and the like in FIG. 24).
 また、前記ルールは、送信される前記ウェブメールのデータ量に対して、当該ウェブメールの宛先の数を乗じた乗算後データ量が予め定められた閾値を越えるウェブメールの送信を違反とする第3のルール(ルールコードR100のルール)を含み、前記回避方法実行部は、前記第3のルールの違反が判定された場合に(図25のステップS72、S75)、当該ウェブメールに含まれる添付ファイルをURL(Uniform Resource Locator)化すると共に、当該ウェブメールから当該添付ファイルが除かれ、かつ、前記URL化により当該添付ファイルが記憶されたURLが付加されたウェブメールを生成し、生成される当該ウェブメールを送信するメール機能提供装置が構成される。 Further, the rule violates the transmission of the webmail in which the data amount after multiplication obtained by multiplying the data amount of the webmail to be transmitted by the number of destinations of the webmail concerned exceeds the predetermined threshold. 3 (rule of rule code R100), and the avoidance method execution unit, when it is determined that the third rule is violated (steps S72 and S75 in FIG. 25), the attachment included in the web mail. The file is converted into a URL (Uniform Resource Locator), and the attached file is removed from the web mail, and the URL conversion generates a web mail to which the URL storing the attached file is added. A mail function providing device for transmitting the web mail is configured.
 また、前記回避方法実行部は、前記第3のルールの違反が判定された場合に、当該ウェブメールの緊急度が予め定められた基準緊急度以上のときにのみ(図27の第1行、第2行)、前記URL化と、前記生成と、生成された前記ウェブメールの前記送信とを行い、前記基準緊急度未満のときには(第3行)、前記添付ファイルが含まれた当該ウェブメールを、予め定められた時間差を有する互いに異なるタイミングで、当該ウェブメールの複数の宛先に対して各々送信するメール機能提供装置が構成される(図27参照)。 Further, when the violation of the third rule is determined, the avoidance method execution unit determines that the degree of urgency of the web mail is equal to or higher than a predetermined standard urgency (the first line in FIG. 27, 2nd line), the URL conversion, the generation, and the transmission of the generated webmail, and if less than the reference urgency (3rd line), the webmail including the attached file A mail function providing apparatus is configured to transmit each of a plurality of destinations of the web mail at different timings having a predetermined time difference (see FIG. 27).
 また、前記回避方法実行部は、前記乗算後データ量が前記閾値を超え、かつ、前記緊急度が前記基準緊急度以上である場合でも、オーバ量が予め定められた基準オーバ量より大きい場合にのみ(図27の第1行、第2行における、第2列、第3列)、前記URL化と、前記生成と、生成された前記ウェブメールの前記送信とを行い、当該オーバ量が前記基準オーバ量よりも小さい場合には(第1列)、前記乗算後データ量が前記閾値を超え、かつ前記オーバ量が前記基準オーバ量よりも小さい当該ウェブメールの送信を行うメール機能提供装置が構成される(図27参照)。 Further, the avoidance method execution unit is configured to set the over amount larger than a predetermined reference over amount even when the post-multiplication data amount exceeds the threshold and the urgency is over the reference urgency. Only (in the first row, the second row, the second column, the third column in FIG. 27), the URL conversion, the generation, and the transmission of the generated web mail are performed, and the amount of If the amount of data after multiplication exceeds the threshold value and the amount of overrun is smaller than the amount of overrun, the mail function providing device performs transmission of the webmail when the amount of overrun is smaller than the overrun amount (first column). Configured (see FIG. 27).
 また、前記ルールは、当該ユーザ宛に過去に送信されたウェブメールを転送する転送操作により行われるウェブメールの送信を違反と定める第4のルール(ルールコードR002のルール)が含まれ、前記ウェブメールの送信に際して、前記ウェブブラウザから取得される前記データは、当該送信が前記転送操作による送信か否かを示す操作データ(開始操作データ)を含み、前記判定部は、取得される前記データに含まれる当該操作データにより、当該送信が当該転送操作による送信と示されれば、当該送信が当該第4のルールに違反することを判定するメール機能提供装置が構成される(図27参照)。 In addition, the rule includes a fourth rule (rule of rule code R002) for defining transmission of web mail performed by a transfer operation for transferring web mail sent to the user in the past as a violation, and the web The data acquired from the web browser at the time of transmission of the mail includes operation data (start operation data) indicating whether the transmission is transmission by the transfer operation, and the determination unit uses the data to be acquired. If it is indicated by the operation data contained that the transmission is transmission by the transfer operation, a mail function providing device is configured to determine that the transmission violates the fourth rule (see FIG. 27).
 また、前記文言特定データ記憶部は、前記文言特定データとして、当該ルールの文言を保持する予め定められた保持部(ルールサーバ装置15)のアドレス(図4の第3列のURL)を記憶し、前記表示制御部は、当該アドレスへのリンク(図7のリンクRL)を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させるメール機能提供装置が構成される。 Further, the wording specific data storage unit stores, as the wording specifying data, the address (the URL of the third column in FIG. 4) of a predetermined holding unit (rule server device 15) for holding the wording of the rule. The display control unit is configured as a mail function providing device that causes the web browser to display a link (link RL in FIG. 7) to the address.
 また、前記文言特定データ記憶部は、記憶する各文言特定データのうちの一部の文言特定データが、当該文言特定データのルールの前記文言を含み、当該文言特定データのみによって当該ルールの文言を特定するデータであり、前記表示制御部は、前記違反の判定がされると、当該文言特定データに含まれる当該文言(図7のルールの文言Rx)を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させるメール機能提供装置が構成される。 Further, in the wording specific data storage unit, a part of the wording specific data of each wording specific data to be stored includes the words of the rule of the wording specific data, and the wording of the rule is performed only by the wording specific data. It is data to be specified, and the display control unit causes the web browser to display the term (the term Rx of the rule in FIG. 7) included in the term identification data when the determination of the violation is made. Is configured.
 また、前記ルールは、複数のルールを含み(図3参照)、前記文言特定データ記憶部は、当該複数のルールのうちの、それぞれの前記ルールの文言特定データを記憶し、前記判定部は、当該複数のルールについて、送信がそれぞれの前記ルールに違反するか否かを判定し、前記表示制御部は、違反が判定された前記ルールの前記文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させるメール機能提供装置が構成される(図30のステップS94参照)。 Further, the rule includes a plurality of rules (see FIG. 3), and the word identification data storage unit stores the word phrase identification data of each of the plurality of rules, and the determination unit is configured to With regard to the plurality of rules, it is determined whether transmission violates each of the rules, and the display control unit provides the mail function for causing the web browser to display the wording specification data of the rules for which the violation is determined. An apparatus is comprised (refer step S94 of FIG. 30).
 また、前記複数のルールは、前記ウェブメールの送信を禁止する禁止ルール(R001のルール等)と、予め定められた承認者による承認をユーザが取得することを定める承認ルール(R007のルール等)と、前記送信に際して当該メール機能提供装置が警告を表示させる警告ルール(R004のルール等)と、注意を当該メール機能提供装置が表示させる注意ルール(R006のルール等)との種類があり、前記特徴データ保持部は、当該複数のルールの特徴データを各々保持すると共に、保持するそれぞれの前記特徴データに対応付けられた、当該特徴データのルールの種類を保持し、前記表示制御部は、違反が判定された前記ルールの、保持される前記種類を示す種類表示を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させ、かつ、当該ルールの種類が前記禁止ルールの種類であれば、違反が判定された当該送信を中止させる(図16等参照)メール機能提供装置が構成される。 Further, the plurality of rules include a prohibition rule (a rule of R001 and the like) for prohibiting the transmission of the web mail, and an approval rule (a rule of R007 and the like) which defines that the user acquires an approval by a predetermined approver. There are three types of warning rules (such as the rule in R004) that cause the email function providing device to display a warning when sending, and a caution rule (such as the rule in R006) that causes the email function providing device to display caution. The feature data holding unit holds the feature data of the plurality of rules and holds the type of the rule of the feature data associated with the held feature data, and the display control unit Displaying, on the web browser, a type indication indicating the type to be held of the rule for which it has been determined; If There is a type of the prohibited rule violation to stop the transmission is determined (see FIG. 16, etc.) mail function providing device is configured.
 また、前記事故事例情報記憶部は、前記複数のルールの事故事例情報を各々記憶し、前記回避方法情報記憶部は、前記複数のルールの回避方法情報を各々記憶し、前記表示制御部は、前記複数のルールのうちで2以上のルールのそれぞれについて、前記送信が当該ルールに違反すると判定された場合に、当該2以上のルールのうちの何れのルールについても、当該ルールに係る前記文言特定データ、前記事故事例情報および前記回避方法情報を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させ、前記2以上のルールの前記各表示が終了してから、当該送信を行うか、行わないかを指示する入力を行うインタフェース(図31の確認表示F)を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させて、行うことを指示する入力が行われた場合にのみ、当該送信を行わせる確認処理部(確認処理部431)を備えるメール機能提供装置が構成される。 Furthermore, the accident case information storage unit stores accident case information of the plurality of rules, the avoidance method information storage unit stores avoidance method information of the plurality of rules, and the display control unit When it is determined that the transmission violates the rule for each of two or more rules among the plurality of rules, the wording identification according to the rule for any of the two or more rules An interface for displaying data, the accident case information and the avoidance method information on the web browser, and performing an input for instructing whether or not to perform the transmission after each display of the two or more rules is finished. A confirmation processing unit that causes the transmission to be performed only when an input for instructing to perform is displayed by displaying (confirmation display F in FIG. 31) on the web browser. Mail function providing device is configured with a confirmation processing section 431).
 また、当該メール機能提供装置により保持された、前記ユーザのデータのデータ量を取得するデータ量取得部(図32の保持容量取得部115)と、取得された前記データ量が、予め定められたデータ量に到達したか否かを判定するデータ量到達判定部(判定部300が備える判定処理部320に含まれた、図32の課金判定部118)と、到達していると判定された場合、到達したことを示すメッセージを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させるデータ量到達表示制御部(表示制御部421aが備える、図32の課金表示制御部119)とを備えるメール機能提供装置が構成される。 In addition, a data amount acquisition unit (retention capacity acquisition unit 115 in FIG. 32) for acquiring the data amount of the user data held by the mail function provision device, and the acquired data amount are predetermined. When it is determined that the data amount arrival determination unit (charging determination unit 118 of FIG. 32 included in the determination processing unit 320 included in the determination unit 300) that determines whether or not the data amount has been reached A mail function providing apparatus is configured including a data amount arrival display control unit (charging display control unit 119 of FIG. 32 included in the display control unit 421a) that causes the web browser to display a message indicating arrival.
 また、上記のようにして、コンピュータのウェブブラウザに、ウェブメールのインタフェースを表示させて、当該コンピュータのユーザにウェブメールを利用させるウェブメール機能提供ステップと、前記ウェブブラウザにより行われるウェブメールの送信が予め定められたルールに違反するか否かを判定する判定ステップと、当該ルールの文言を特定する文言特定データを記憶する文言特定データ記憶ステップと、前記判定ステップで違反との判定がされた場合に、保持される前記文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる表示制御ステップとを備えるメール機能提供方法が構成される。 Also, as described above, the web browser of the computer is caused to display a web mail interface, and the web mail function providing step of causing the user of the computer to use the web mail, and the transmission of the web mail performed by the web browser. Determination step of determining whether or not the user violates a predetermined rule, a word identification data storage step of storing word identification data for identifying the word of the rule, and a judgment of a violation in the determination step In this case, there is provided a mail function providing method comprising: a display control step of causing the web browser to display the held term specific data.
 また、上記のようにして、メール機能提供装置に対して、コンピュータのウェブブラウザに、ウェブメールのインタフェースを表示させて、当該コンピュータのユーザにウェブメールを利用させるウェブメール機能提供ステップと、前記ウェブブラウザにより行われるウェブメールの送信が予め定められたルールに違反するか否かを判定する判定ステップと、当該ルールの文言を特定する文言特定データを記憶する文言特定データ記憶ステップと、前記判定ステップで違反との判定がされた場合に、保持される前記文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる表示制御ステップとを実行させるためのコンピュータプログラムを用いて、メール機能提供装置が構成される。 Further, as described above, the web-mail function providing step causes the web browser of the computer to display a web-mail interface and causes the user of the computer to use the web-mail function, the web-mail function providing step; A determination step of determining whether transmission of a web mail performed by a browser violates a predetermined rule; a word identification data storage step for storing word identification data for identifying the word of the rule; A mail function providing apparatus is configured using a computer program for executing a display control step of causing the web browser to display the held term specific data when it is determined that a violation has occurred.
 ウェブメールを利用させるに際して、ユーザ側の事情に関わらずに確実に、メールの不適切な送信が行われることを防止でき、しかも、十分かつ確実に、適切な送信をするべきとの意識を高めさせることができる。 When using webmail, it is possible to reliably prevent inappropriate transmission of mail regardless of the user's situation, and to increase awareness of adequate and reliable transmission. It can be done.
 1 社内システム
 2 社外
 11 ウェブメールサーバ装置
 11a 情報加工部 
 11b 情報記憶部
 12、13、14 社員コンピュータ
 12u ユーザ
 13u 承認者
 13M 承認可否通知
 15 ルールサーバ装置
 21 社外コンピュータ
 100 ウェブメールサーバ
 110 送信チェック部
 111 メールデータ取得部
 115 保持容量取得部
 116 課金レートマスタDB
 117 管理テーブル
 118 課金判定部
 119 課金表示制御部
 200 ウェブブラウザ
 201 インタフェース
 201m メイン画面
 201mb ボタン
 201n 課金案内メッセージ
 300 判定部
 311 ルール判定条件マスタDB
 312 送信先ドメインマスタDB
 313 組織マスタDB
 314 承認履歴DB
 320 判定処理部
 400 違反時処理部
 411 ルール特定情報DB
 412 事故事例情報DB
 413 回避方法情報DB
 421 社内ルール表示制御部
 421a 表示制御部
 422 事故事例表示制御部
 423 回避方法表示制御部
 431 確認処理部
 432 承認処理部
 500 判定ログ管理部
 501 判定ログDB
 502 判定ログ表示制御部
1 In-house system 2 Outside 11 Webmail server 11a Information processing department
11b Information storage unit 12, 13, 14 Employee computer 12u User 13u Approver 13 Notification of approval 15 Rule server device 21 External computer 100 Webmail server 110 Transmission check unit 111 Mail data acquisition unit 115 Holding capacity acquisition unit 116 Charge rate master DB
117 management table 118 charge determination unit 119 charge display control unit 200 web browser 201 interface 201 m main screen 201 mb button 201 n charge guidance message 300 determination unit 311 rule determination condition master DB
312 Destination Domain Master DB
313 Organization Master DB
314 Approval History DB
320 Judgment processing unit 400 Violation processing unit 411 Rule identification information DB
412 Accident case information DB
413 Workaround information database
421 internal rule display control unit 421a display control unit 422 accident case display control unit 423 avoidance method display control unit 431 confirmation processing unit 432 approval processing unit 500 determination log management unit 501 determination log DB
502 Judgment log display control unit

Claims (27)

  1.  コンピュータのウェブブラウザに、ウェブメールのインタフェースを表示させて、当該コンピュータのユーザにウェブメールを利用させるウェブメール機能提供部と、
     前記ウェブブラウザにより行われるウェブメールの送信が予め定められたルールに違反するか否かを判定する判定部と、
     当該ルールの文言を特定する文言特定データを記憶する文言特定データ記憶部と、
     前記判定部により違反との判定がされた場合に、保持される前記文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる表示制御部とを備えるメール機能提供装置。
    A webmail function providing unit that causes a web browser of a computer to display a webmail interface and causes a user of the computer to use the webmail;
    A determination unit that determines whether transmission of web mail performed by the web browser violates a predetermined rule;
    A wording specification data storage unit storing wording specification data for specifying the wording of the rule;
    A display control unit configured to display the held term identification data on the web browser when the determination unit determines that a violation has occurred.
  2.  前記ウェブブラウザによりウェブメールが送信されるのに際して、当該ウェブブラウザからデータを取得するデータ取得部と、
     前記送信が前記ルールに違反する場合には当該データが有する予め定められた特徴を特定する特徴データを保持する特徴データ保持部とを備え、
     前記判定部は、取得された前記データが、保持される当該特徴データにより特定される特徴を有するなら、前記送信は違反であると判定する請求項1記載のメール機能提供装置。
    A data acquisition unit for acquiring data from the web browser when the web browser transmits the web mail;
    And a feature data holding unit for holding feature data specifying a predetermined feature of the data when the transmission violates the rule;
    The apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the determination unit determines that the transmission is a violation if the acquired data has a feature specified by the retained feature data.
  3.  前記ルールに違反した送信による事故の事例を特定する事故事例情報を記憶する事故事例情報記憶部を備え、
     前記表示制御部は、前記違反との判定がされた場合に、前記文言特定データと共に、記憶された当該事故事例情報を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる請求項2記載のメール機能提供装置。
    An accident case information storage unit storing accident case information for identifying an accident case due to transmission in violation of the rule,
    3. The mail function providing device according to claim 2, wherein the display control unit causes the web browser to display the stored accident case information together with the wording specification data when it is determined that the violation is made.
  4.  前記送信が前記ルールに違反するのを回避する回避方法を特定する回避方法情報を記憶する回避方法情報記憶部を備え、
     前記表示制御部は、前記違反との判定がされた場合に、前記文言特定データおよび前記事故事例情報と共に、記憶された当該回避方法情報を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる請求項3記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The method includes an avoidance method information storage unit that stores avoidance method information that specifies an avoidance method that avoids the transmission violating the rule;
    The mail function provision according to claim 3, wherein the display control unit causes the web browser to display the stored avoidance method information together with the wording specification data and the accident case information when it is determined that the violation is made. apparatus.
  5.  前記判定部により前記送信が違反と判定された場合に、当該回避方法のうちの少なくとも一部を実施する予め定められた処理を実行する回避方法実行部を備える請求項4記載のメール機能提供装置。 5. The mail function providing device according to claim 4, further comprising: an avoidance method execution unit configured to execute a predetermined process of performing at least a part of the avoidance method when the determination unit determines that the transmission is a violation. .
  6.  前記判定部により、送信が違反であるとの判定がされた場合に、当該判定がされたことを示す記録データを記録する判定記録部を備え、
     前記表示制御部は、ウェブメールの送信がされる際に、前記判定記録部が当該記録を記録するか否かを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる請求項5記載のメール機能提供装置。
    When the determination unit determines that the transmission is a violation, the determination unit includes a determination recording unit that records recording data indicating that the determination is made.
    The apparatus according to claim 5, wherein the display control unit causes the web browser to display whether the determination recording unit records the record or not when the web mail is transmitted.
  7.  前記表示制御部は、前記判定記録部により、違反であるとの判定がされたことを示す前記記録データが記録されていない場合にのみ、前記回避方法情報を表示させる請求項6記載のメール機能提供装置。 The mail function according to claim 6, wherein the display control unit displays the avoidance method information only when the recording data indicating that the determination recording unit has determined that a violation has not been recorded. Provision device.
  8.  前記表示制御部は、送信が違反との前記判定がされた場合に、前記予め定められた処理を前記回避方法実行部に実行させるインタフェースを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させ、
     前記回避方法実行部は、前記違反の判定がされた場合に、表示される当該インタフェースによって前記ユーザが当該処理をさせる入力をする場合に、前記処理を実行する請求項7記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The display control unit causes the web browser to display an interface that causes the avoidance method execution unit to execute the predetermined process when the determination that the transmission is a violation is made.
    8. The mail function providing device according to claim 7, wherein the avoidance method execution unit executes the processing when the user causes the processing to be input by the displayed interface when the determination of the violation is made. .
  9.  前記ルールは、複数の宛先を有するウェブメールの送信を違反とする第1のルールを含み、
     前記判定部は、送信されるウェブメールの宛先が複数か否かを判定し、
     前記表示制御部は、宛先が複数であることが判定された場合に、前記文言特定データ記憶部に記憶された当該第1のルールの文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる請求項8記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The rule includes a first rule in violation of sending a webmail having a plurality of destinations,
    The determination unit determines whether there are a plurality of web mail destinations to be sent.
    9. The display control unit according to claim 8, wherein, when it is determined that there are a plurality of destinations, the display control unit causes the web browser to display the wording specification data of the first rule stored in the word specification data storage unit. Mail function provider.
  10.  前記回避方法情報記憶部は、当該第1のルールの回避方法情報を記憶し、
     記憶される当該第1のルールの回避方法情報は、ウェブメールにおける各宛先欄のうちで、Blind Carbon Copy欄に前記複数の宛先を記載する方法を示し、
     前記回避方法実行部は、前記予め定められた処理として、前記複数の宛先が前記Blind Carbon Copy欄のみに記載されるよう当該ウェブメールを修正する処理を行う請求項9記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The avoidance method information storage unit stores the avoidance method information of the first rule,
    The avoidance method information of the first rule to be stored indicates a method of describing the plurality of destinations in the Blind Carbon Copy field among the respective destination fields in the web mail,
    10. The mail function providing device according to claim 9, wherein the avoidance method execution unit performs, as the predetermined process, a process of correcting the web mail such that the plurality of destinations are described only in the Blind Carbon Copy column.
  11.  前記ルールは、ウェブメールの送信が、予め定められた承認者により承認された送信以外の送信であれば、当該送信を違反とする第2のルールを含み、
     前記回避方法実行部は、当該第2のルールに違反すると前記判定部が判定した場合に、前記予め定められた処理として、当該承認者のコンピュータのウェブブラウザに、当該送信を承認するか否かを示す通知を当該メール機能提供装置に送信するインタフェースを表示させる処理を行う請求項10記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The rule includes a second rule for violating the transmission if the transmission of the webmail is a transmission other than the transmission approved by the predetermined approver,
    Whether the avoidance method execution unit approves the transmission to the web browser of the approver's computer as the predetermined process when the determination unit determines that the second rule is violated. The mail function providing apparatus according to claim 10, wherein the processing for displaying an interface for transmitting a notification indicating "" to the mail function providing apparatus is performed.
  12.  違反か否かの前記判定に先立って、予め、当該ウェブメールの送信を承認者が承認することを示す通知を取得し、当該通知が取得された場合、取得されたことを示す記録データを記録する承認記録部を備え、
     前記判定部は、当該記録データが記録されている場合には、前記送信が前記第2のルールに違反すると判定しない請求項11記載のメール機能提供装置。
    Prior to the determination as to whether or not it is a violation, a notice indicating that the approver approves the transmission of the web mail is obtained in advance, and when the notice is obtained, recording data indicating the obtained is recorded And an approval recording unit to
    The apparatus according to claim 11, wherein the determination unit does not determine that the transmission violates the second rule when the recording data is recorded.
  13.  前記判定部は、ウェブメールの送信者が予め定められた除外者か否かを判定し、当該除外者ではないと判定される場合にのみ、当該ウェブメールの送信が前記第2のルールに違反すると判定する請求項12記載のメール機能提供装置。 The determination unit determines whether the sender of the webmail is a predetermined excluded person, and the transmission of the webmail violates the second rule only when it is determined that the sender is not the excluded person. The mail function providing apparatus according to claim 12, wherein it is determined that
  14.  前記承認記録部は、前記判定に先立った前記予めの通知がされた場合に、当該通知の時刻を記録し、
     前記判定部は、前記承認記録部により前記記録データが記録される場合でも、記憶された、当該通知の前記時刻が予め定められた時刻よりも古い時刻なら、当該送信は前記第2のルールに違反すると判定する請求項13記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The approval recording unit records the time of the notification when the notification is given in advance prior to the determination.
    Even when the recording data is recorded by the approval recording unit, the determination unit determines that the transmission according to the second rule is performed if the stored time of the notification is older than a predetermined time. The mail function providing apparatus according to claim 13, wherein it is determined that the mail information is violated.
  15.  前記ユーザが所属するグループと同じグループに所属する同グループユーザを特定する同グループデータを記憶する同グループ記憶部を備え、
     前記判定部は、前記同グループユーザの送信を承認する通知の記録データが前記承認記録部に記録されていれば、当該ユーザの送信を承認する通知の記録データが記録されていない場合でも、当該ユーザの送信を前記第2のルールに違反すると判定しない請求項14記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The same group storage unit for storing the same group data specifying the same group user who belongs to the same group as the group to which the user belongs,
    If the recording data of the notification for approving the transmission of the same group user is recorded in the approval recording unit, the judging unit does not have the recording data of the notification for approving the transmission of the user. The mail function providing device according to claim 14, wherein it is not determined that the user's transmission violates the second rule.
  16.  前記ルールは、送信される前記ウェブメールのデータ量に対して、当該ウェブメールの宛先の数を乗じた乗算後データ量が予め定められた閾値を越えるウェブメールの送信を違反とする第3のルールを含み、
     前記回避方法実行部は、前記第3のルールの違反が判定された場合に、当該ウェブメールに含まれる添付ファイルをURL(Uniform Resource Locator)化すると共に、当該ウェブメールから当該添付ファイルが除かれ、かつ、前記URL化により当該添付ファイルが記憶されたURLが付加されたウェブメールを生成し、生成される当該ウェブメールを送信する請求項15記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The third rule is that the third rule violates the transmission of web mail in which the amount of data after multiplication obtained by multiplying the amount of web mail data to be sent by the number of destinations of the web mail concerned exceeds a predetermined threshold. Including the rules,
    When the violation of the third rule is determined, the avoidance method execution unit converts the attached file included in the web mail into a URL (Uniform Resource Locator) and removes the attached file from the web mail. The apparatus for providing mail function according to claim 15, wherein a web mail to which a URL at which the attached file is stored is added by the conversion into a URL, and the generated web mail is transmitted.
  17.  前記回避方法実行部は、前記第3のルールの違反が判定された場合に、当該ウェブメールの緊急度が予め定められた基準緊急度以上のときにのみ、前記URL化と、前記生成と、生成された前記ウェブメールの前記送信とを行い、前記基準緊急度未満のときには、前記添付ファイルが含まれた当該ウェブメールを、予め定められた時間差を有する互いに異なるタイミングで、当該ウェブメールの複数の宛先に対して送信する請求項16記載のメール機能提供装置。 When the violation of the third rule is determined, the avoidance method execution unit generates the URL and the URL only when the urgency of the web mail is equal to or higher than a predetermined reference urgency. The transmission of the generated webmail is performed, and when the degree of urgency is less than the reference urgency, the plurality of webmails including the attached file are transmitted at different timings with a predetermined time difference. The mail function providing apparatus according to claim 16, wherein the mail function providing apparatus transmits to the destination of the mail.
  18.  前記回避方法実行部は、前記乗算後データ量が前記閾値を超え、かつ、前記緊急度が前記基準緊急度以上である場合でも、オーバ量が予め定められた基準オーバ量より大きい場合にのみ、前記URL化と、前記生成と、生成された前記ウェブメールの前記送信とを行い、当該オーバ量が前記基準オーバ量よりも小さい場合には、前記乗算後データ量が前記閾値を超え、かつ前記オーバ量が前記基準オーバ量よりも小さい当該ウェブメールの送信を行う請求項17記載のメール機能提供装置。 The avoidance method execution unit determines that the over amount is greater than a predetermined reference over amount even when the post-multiplication data amount exceeds the threshold and the urgency is over the reference urgency. The URL conversion, the generation, and the transmission of the generated webmail are performed, and if the over amount is smaller than the reference over amount, the post-multiplication data amount exceeds the threshold and The apparatus for providing mail function according to claim 17, wherein the web mail transmission in which the over amount is smaller than the reference over amount is performed.
  19.  前記ルールは、当該ユーザ宛に過去に送信されたウェブメールを転送する転送操作により行われるウェブメールの送信を違反と定める第4のルールが含まれ、
     前記ウェブメールの送信に際して、前記ウェブブラウザから取得される前記データは、当該送信が前記転送操作による送信か否かを示す操作データを含み、
     前記判定部は、取得される前記データに含まれる当該操作データにより、当該送信が当該転送操作による送信と示されれば、当該送信が当該第4のルールに違反することを判定する請求項18記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The rule includes a fourth rule that sets transmission of web mail performed by a transfer operation for transferring web mail sent to the user in the past as a violation.
    When transmitting the web mail, the data acquired from the web browser includes operation data indicating whether the transmission is transmission by the transfer operation,
    The determination unit determines that the transmission violates the fourth rule if the transmission is indicated as transmission by the transfer operation by the operation data included in the acquired data. The mail function providing device described above.
  20.  前記文言特定データ記憶部は、前記文言特定データとして、当該ルールの文言を保持する予め定められた保持部のアドレスを記憶し、
     前記表示制御部は、当該アドレスへのリンクを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる請求項19の何れかに記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The wording identification data storage unit stores, as the wording identification data, an address of a predetermined holding unit for holding the wording of the rule;
    The mail function providing device according to any one of claims 19 to 19, wherein the display control unit causes the web browser to display a link to the address.
  21.  前記文言特定データ記憶部は、記憶する各文言特定データのうちの一部の文言特定データが、当該文言特定データのルールの前記文言を含み、当該文言特定データのみによって当該ルールの文言を特定するデータであり、
     前記表示制御部は、前記違反の判定がされると、当該文言特定データに含まれる当該文言を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる請求項20記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The wording specific data storage unit includes a part of the wording specifying data of each wording specifying data to be stored including the words of the rule of the wording specifying data, and specifies the wording of the rule only by the wording specifying data Data,
    The apparatus according to claim 20, wherein the display control unit causes the web browser to display the word included in the word specification data when the determination of the violation is made.
  22.  前記ルールは、複数のルールを含み、
     前記文言特定データ記憶部は、当該複数のルールのうちの、それぞれの前記ルールの文言特定データを記憶し、
     前記判定部は、当該複数のルールについて、送信がそれぞれの前記ルールに違反するか否かを判定し、
     前記表示制御部は、違反が判定された前記ルールの前記文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる請求項21記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The rules include a plurality of rules,
    The wording specific data storage unit stores the wording specific data of each of the plurality of rules,
    The determination unit determines whether or not transmission violates each of the plurality of rules.
    22. The mail function providing device according to claim 21, wherein the display control unit causes the web browser to display the wording specification data of the rule for which a violation has been determined.
  23.  前記複数のルールは、前記ウェブメールの送信を禁止する禁止ルールと、予め定められた承認者による承認をユーザが取得することを定める承認ルールと、前記送信に際して当該メール機能提供装置が警告を表示させる警告ルールと、注意を当該メール機能提供装置が表示させる注意ルールとの種類があり、
     前記特徴データ保持部は、当該複数のルールの特徴データを各々保持すると共に、保持するそれぞれの前記特徴データに対応付けられた、当該特徴データのルールの種類を保持し、
     前記ルール表示制御部は、違反が判定された前記ルールの、保持される前記種類を示す種類表示を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させ、かつ、当該ルールの種類が前記禁止ルールの種類であれば、違反が判定された当該送信を中止させる請求項22記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The plurality of rules include a prohibition rule for prohibiting the transmission of the web mail, an approval rule for determining that the user acquires an approval by a predetermined approver, and the mail function providing device displays a warning upon the transmission. There are two types of warning rules, which cause the mail function provision device to display cautions, and
    The feature data holding unit holds the feature data of the plurality of rules, and holds the type of the rule of the feature data associated with the held feature data.
    The rule display control unit causes the web browser to display a type display indicating the held type of the rule for which a violation has been determined, and the type of the rule is the type of the prohibition rule in violation. 23. The mail function providing device according to claim 22, wherein the transmission determined to be terminated is stopped.
  24.  前記事故事例情報記憶部は、前記複数のルールの事故事例情報を各々記憶し、
     前記回避方法情報記憶部は、前記複数のルールの回避方法情報を各々記憶し、
     前記表示制御部は、前記複数のルールのうちで2以上のルールのそれぞれについて、前記送信が当該ルールに違反すると判定された場合に、当該2以上のルールのうちの何れのルールについても、当該ルールに係る前記文言特定データ、前記事故事例情報および前記回避方法情報を前記ウェブブラウザに表示させ、
     前記2以上のルールの前記各表示が終了してから、当該送信を行うか、行わないかを指示する入力を行うインタフェースを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させて、行うことを指示する入力が行われた場合にのみ、当該送信を行わせる確認処理部を備える請求項23記載のメール機能提供装置。
    The accident case information storage unit respectively stores accident case information of the plurality of rules,
    The avoidance method information storage unit stores avoidance method information of the plurality of rules.
    When it is determined that the transmission violates the rule for each of two or more rules among the plurality of rules, the display control unit is also applicable to any one of the two or more rules. Causing the web browser to display the wording specification data, the accident case information, and the avoidance method information according to a rule;
    After the display of each of the two or more rules is completed, an input for instructing whether to perform the transmission is displayed by displaying an interface for instructing whether to perform or not the transmission. The mail function providing device according to claim 23, further comprising a confirmation processing unit that causes the transmission to be performed only in the case.
  25.  当該メール機能提供装置により保持された、前記ユーザのデータのデータ量を取得するデータ量取得部と、
     取得された前記データ量が、予め定められたデータ量に到達したか否かを判定するデータ量到達判定部と、
     到達していると判定された場合、到達したことを示すメッセージを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させるデータ量到達表示制御部とを備える
     請求項24記載のメール機能提供装置。
    A data amount acquisition unit for acquiring the data amount of the data of the user held by the mail function providing device;
    A data amount arrival determination unit that determines whether the acquired data amount has reached a predetermined data amount;
    The mail function provision device according to claim 24, further comprising: a data amount arrival display control unit that causes the web browser to display a message indicating that the arrival has been reached.
  26.  コンピュータのウェブブラウザに、ウェブメールのインタフェースを表示させて、当該コンピュータのユーザにウェブメールを利用させるウェブメール機能提供ステップと、
     前記ウェブブラウザにより行われるウェブメールの送信が予め定められたルールに違反するか否かを判定する判定ステップと、
     当該ルールの文言を特定する文言特定データを記憶する文言特定データ記憶ステップと、
     前記判定ステップで違反との判定がされた場合に、保持される前記文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる表示制御ステップとを備えるメール機能提供方法。
    A web mail function providing step of causing a web browser of a computer to display a web mail interface and causing a user of the computer to use the web mail;
    A determination step of determining whether transmission of web mail performed by the web browser violates a predetermined rule;
    A wording specific data storage step for storing wording specific data for specifying the wording of the rule;
    A display control step of causing the web browser to display the held word specific data when it is determined in the determination step that a violation has occurred.
  27.  メール機能提供装置に対して、
     コンピュータのウェブブラウザに、ウェブメールのインタフェースを表示させて、当該コンピュータのユーザにウェブメールを利用させるウェブメール機能提供ステップと、
     前記ウェブブラウザにより行われるウェブメールの送信が予め定められたルールに違反するか否かを判定する判定ステップと、
     当該ルールの文言を特定する文言特定データを記憶する文言特定データ記憶ステップと、
     前記判定ステップで違反との判定がされた場合に、保持される前記文言特定データを前記ウェブブラウザに表示させる表示制御ステップとを実行させるためのコンピュータプログラム。
    For the mail function provider,
    A web mail function providing step of causing a web browser of a computer to display a web mail interface and causing a user of the computer to use the web mail;
    A determination step of determining whether transmission of web mail performed by the web browser violates a predetermined rule;
    A wording specific data storage step for storing wording specific data for specifying the wording of the rule;
    A computer program for executing a display control step of causing the web browser to display the held term specific data when it is determined that a violation is made in the determination step.
PCT/JP2009/004248 2008-10-31 2009-08-31 Device, method, and program for providing mail function WO2010050108A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008280766A JP2010108327A (en) 2008-10-31 2008-10-31 Device, method, and program for providing mail function
JP2008-280766 2008-10-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010050108A1 true WO2010050108A1 (en) 2010-05-06

Family

ID=42128482

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2009/004248 WO2010050108A1 (en) 2008-10-31 2009-08-31 Device, method, and program for providing mail function

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2010108327A (en)
WO (1) WO2010050108A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006059383A1 (en) * 2004-12-01 2006-06-08 Intelligent Wave Inc. Electronic mail sending method, electronic mail sending program, electronic mail approving program, electronic mail sending device, and electronic mail approving/sending system
JP2008102763A (en) * 2006-10-19 2008-05-01 Hitachi Ltd Mail management method, mail system, and display method in mail system
WO2008129915A1 (en) * 2007-04-18 2008-10-30 Hitachi Software Engineering Co., Ltd. Device having e-mail filtering means

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006059383A1 (en) * 2004-12-01 2006-06-08 Intelligent Wave Inc. Electronic mail sending method, electronic mail sending program, electronic mail approving program, electronic mail sending device, and electronic mail approving/sending system
JP2008102763A (en) * 2006-10-19 2008-05-01 Hitachi Ltd Mail management method, mail system, and display method in mail system
WO2008129915A1 (en) * 2007-04-18 2008-10-30 Hitachi Software Engineering Co., Ltd. Device having e-mail filtering means

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2010108327A (en) 2010-05-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8255468B2 (en) Email management based on user behavior
US7890585B2 (en) Second person review of email
US8239473B2 (en) Security classification of e-mail in a web e-mail access client
US20080086530A1 (en) System and method for restricting replies to an original electronic mail message
JP5216637B2 (en) E-mail erroneous transmission prevention device, method, and program
US20060277263A1 (en) Method and system for preparing and replying to multi-party e-mails
US11516165B2 (en) Revoking messages within a message chain
US7877454B1 (en) Electronic messaging
US20210359966A1 (en) Tracing messages within a message chain
JP6553937B2 (en) Information sharing program, information processing apparatus, and information sharing method
JP2005182154A (en) Message processing system and method
WO2010050108A1 (en) Device, method, and program for providing mail function
JP5051793B2 (en) E-mail control apparatus, control method therefor, and program
JP5568651B2 (en) Mail check program, method, and apparatus
JP2013012228A (en) Information processor, control method therefor, and program
JP2010108317A (en) Mail server device, mail server method, and mail server program
JP5344654B2 (en) E-mail control device, control method thereof, and program
AU2014215972B2 (en) Method of and system for message classification of web email
JP2020154964A (en) Sever device, terminal, method, and program
JP5065462B2 (en) Information processing apparatus, control method therefor, and program
JP5081287B2 (en) Information processing apparatus, control method therefor, and program
JP4807251B2 (en) Mail gateway apparatus, mail system, and mail reception status presentation method
US20220158962A1 (en) Method for Providing an Email User Experience By Contacts Instead of Folders
JP2023108613A (en) Mail system and program for the same
JP5605193B2 (en) E-mail transmission method, system, and client-side and server-side e-mail transmission program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09823225

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 09823225

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1